src/generic/grid.cpp

   1 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
   2 // Name:        src/generic/grid.cpp
   3 // Purpose:     wxGrid and related classes
   4 // Author:      Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn)
   5 // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin, Santiago Palacios
   6 // Created:     1/08/1999
   7 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
   8 // Copyright:   (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au)
   9 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
  10 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
  11
  12 /*
  13     TODO:
  14
  15     - Replace use of wxINVERT with wxOverlay
  16     - Make Begin/EndBatch() the same as the generic Freeze/Thaw()
  17     - Review the column reordering code, it's a mess.
  18     - Implement row reordering after dealing with the columns.
  19  */
  20
  21 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx/wx.h".
  22 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
  23
  24 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
  25     #pragma hdrstop
  26 #endif
  27
  28 #if wxUSE_GRID
  29
  30 #include "wx/grid.h"
  31
  32 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
  33     #include "wx/utils.h"
  34     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
  35     #include "wx/settings.h"
  36     #include "wx/log.h"
  37     #include "wx/textctrl.h"
  38     #include "wx/checkbox.h"
  39     #include "wx/combobox.h"
  40     #include "wx/valtext.h"
  41     #include "wx/intl.h"
  42     #include "wx/math.h"
  43     #include "wx/listbox.h"
  44 #endif
  45
  46 #include "wx/textfile.h"
  47 #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
  48 #include "wx/tokenzr.h"
  49 #include "wx/renderer.h"
  50 #include "wx/headerctrl.h"
  51 #include "wx/hashset.h"
  52
  53 #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h"
  54 #include "wx/generic/gridctrl.h"
  55 #include "wx/generic/grideditors.h"
  56 #include "wx/generic/private/grid.h"
  57
  58 const char wxGridNameStr[] = "grid";
  59
  60 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
  61     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  WXUNUSED(identifier)
  62 #else
  63     #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier)  identifier
  64 #endif
  65
  66 #if defined(__WXGTK__)
  67     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    WXUNUSED(identifier)
  68 #else
  69     #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier)    identifier
  70 #endif
  71
  72 // Required for wxIs... functions
  73 #include <ctype.h>
  74
  75 WX_DECLARE_HASH_SET_WITH_DECL(int, wxIntegerHash, wxIntegerEqual,
  76                               wxGridFixedIndicesSet, class WXDLLIMPEXP_ADV);
  77
  78
  79 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  80 // globals
  81 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  82
  83 namespace
  84 {
  85
  86 //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
  87 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
  88     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0;
  89     static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0;
  90 #endif
  91
  92 // this struct simply combines together the default header renderers
  93 //
  94 // as the renderers ctors are trivial, there is no problem with making them
  95 // globals
  96 struct DefaultHeaderRenderers
  97 {
  98     wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault colRenderer;
  99     wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault rowRenderer;
 100     wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault cornerRenderer;
 101 } gs_defaultHeaderRenderers;
 102
 103 } // anonymous namespace
 104
 105 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 106 // constants
 107 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 108
 109 wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 );
 110 wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
 111
 112 namespace
 113 {
 114
 115 // scroll line size
 116 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15;
 117 const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
 118
 119 // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements
 120 // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns)
 121 const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100;
 122
 123 // the minimal distance in pixels the mouse needs to move to start a drag
 124 // operation
 125 const int DRAG_SENSITIVITY = 3;
 126
 127 } // anonymous namespace
 128
 129 #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp"
 130
 131 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray)
 132 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray)
 133
 134 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 135 // events
 136 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 137
 138 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 139 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 140 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 141 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 142 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, wxGridEvent );
 143 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 144 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, wxGridEvent );
 145 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 146 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, wxGridEvent );
 147 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
 148 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, wxGridSizeEvent );
 149 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, wxGridEvent );
 150 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, wxGridEvent );
 151 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT, wxGridRangeSelectEvent );
 152 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, wxGridEvent );
 153 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, wxGridEvent );
 154 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, wxGridEvent );
 155 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN, wxGridEvent );
 156 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN, wxGridEvent );
 157 wxDEFINE_EVENT( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, wxGridEditorCreatedEvent );
 158
 159 // ============================================================================
 160 // implementation
 161 // ============================================================================
 162
 163 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler)
 164
 165 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler )
 166     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKillFocus )
 167     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown )
 168     EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar )
 169 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 170
 171 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridHeaderCtrl, wxHeaderCtrl)
 172     EVT_HEADER_CLICK(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnClick)
 173
 174     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginResize)
 175     EVT_HEADER_RESIZING(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnResizing)
 176     EVT_HEADER_END_RESIZE(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndResize)
 177
 178     EVT_HEADER_BEGIN_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnBeginReorder)
 179     EVT_HEADER_END_REORDER(wxID_ANY, wxGridHeaderCtrl::OnEndReorder)
 180 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 181
 182 wxGridOperations& wxGridRowOperations::Dual() const
 183 {
 184     static wxGridColumnOperations s_colOper;
 185
 186     return s_colOper;
 187 }
 188
 189 wxGridOperations& wxGridColumnOperations::Dual() const
 190 {
 191     static wxGridRowOperations s_rowOper;
 192
 193     return s_rowOper;
 194 }
 195
 196 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 197 // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for
 198 // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting
 199 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 200
 201 void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params))
 202 {
 203     // nothing to do
 204 }
 205
 206 wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker()
 207 {
 208 }
 209
 210 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 211 // wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer and related classes
 212 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 213
 214 void wxGridHeaderLabelsRenderer::DrawLabel(const wxGrid& grid,
 215                                            wxDC& dc,
 216                                            const wxString& value,
 217                                            const wxRect& rect,
 218                                            int horizAlign,
 219                                            int vertAlign,
 220                                            int textOrientation) const
 221 {
 222     dc.SetBackgroundMode(wxBRUSHSTYLE_TRANSPARENT);
 223     dc.SetTextForeground(grid.GetLabelTextColour());
 224     dc.SetFont(grid.GetLabelFont());
 225     grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, value, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
 226 }
 227
 228
 229 void wxGridRowHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 230                                                 wxDC& dc,
 231                                                 wxRect& rect) const
 232 {
 233     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 234     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
 235                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
 236     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 237                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 238     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
 239                 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 240
 241     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 242     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
 243                 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 244     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop(),
 245                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 246
 247     rect.Deflate(2);
 248 }
 249
 250 void wxGridColumnHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 251                                                    wxDC& dc,
 252                                                    wxRect& rect) const
 253 {
 254     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 255     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop(),
 256                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom());
 257     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 258                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 259     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom(),
 260                 rect.GetRight() + 1, rect.GetBottom());
 261
 262     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 263     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
 264                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 265     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop() + 1,
 266                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop() + 1);
 267
 268     rect.Deflate(2);
 269 }
 270
 271 void wxGridCornerHeaderRendererDefault::DrawBorder(const wxGrid& WXUNUSED(grid),
 272                                                    wxDC& dc,
 273                                                    wxRect& rect) const
 274 {
 275     dc.SetPen(wxPen(wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_3DSHADOW)));
 276     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
 277                 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop());
 278     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1,
 279                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom() - 1);
 280     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 281                 rect.GetRight(), rect.GetTop());
 282     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(),
 283                 rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetBottom());
 284
 285     dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN);
 286     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
 287                 rect.GetRight() - 1, rect.GetTop() + 1);
 288     dc.DrawLine(rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetTop() + 1,
 289                 rect.GetLeft() + 1, rect.GetBottom() - 1);
 290
 291     rect.Deflate(2);
 292 }
 293
 294 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 295 // wxGridCellAttr
 296 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 297
 298 void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault)
 299 {
 300     m_isReadOnly = Unset;
 301
 302     m_renderer = NULL;
 303     m_editor = NULL;
 304
 305     m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell;
 306
 307     m_sizeRows = m_sizeCols = 1;
 308     m_overflow = UnsetOverflow;
 309
 310     SetDefAttr(attrDefault);
 311 }
 312
 313 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const
 314 {
 315     wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr);
 316
 317     if ( HasTextColour() )
 318         attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour());
 319     if ( HasBackgroundColour() )
 320         attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour());
 321     if ( HasFont() )
 322         attr->SetFont(GetFont());
 323     if ( HasAlignment() )
 324         attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign);
 325
 326     attr->SetSize( m_sizeRows, m_sizeCols );
 327
 328     if ( m_renderer )
 329     {
 330         attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer);
 331         m_renderer->IncRef();
 332     }
 333     if ( m_editor )
 334     {
 335         attr->SetEditor(m_editor);
 336         m_editor->IncRef();
 337     }
 338
 339     if ( IsReadOnly() )
 340         attr->SetReadOnly();
 341
 342     attr->SetOverflow( m_overflow == Overflow );
 343     attr->SetKind( m_attrkind );
 344
 345     return attr;
 346 }
 347
 348 void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom)
 349 {
 350     if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() )
 351         SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour());
 352     if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() )
 353         SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour());
 354     if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() )
 355         SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont());
 356     if ( !HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() )
 357     {
 358         int hAlign, vAlign;
 359         mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign);
 360         SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
 361     }
 362     if ( !HasSize() && mergefrom->HasSize() )
 363         mergefrom->GetSize( &m_sizeRows, &m_sizeCols );
 364
 365     // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return
 366     // m_renderer/m_editor
 367     //
 368     // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor?
 369     if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() )
 370     {
 371         m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer;
 372         m_renderer->IncRef();
 373     }
 374     if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() )
 375     {
 376         m_editor =  mergefrom->m_editor;
 377         m_editor->IncRef();
 378     }
 379     if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() )
 380         SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly());
 381
 382     if (!HasOverflowMode() && mergefrom->HasOverflowMode() )
 383         SetOverflow(mergefrom->GetOverflow());
 384
 385     SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr);
 386 }
 387
 388 void wxGridCellAttr::SetSize(int num_rows, int num_cols)
 389 {
 390     // The size of a cell is normally 1,1
 391
 392     // If this cell is larger (2,2) then this is the top left cell
 393     // the other cells that will be covered (lower right cells) must be
 394     // set to negative or zero values such that
 395     // row + num_rows of the covered cell points to the larger cell (this cell)
 396     // same goes for the col + num_cols.
 397
 398     // Size of 0,0 is NOT valid, neither is <=0 and any positive value
 399
 400     wxASSERT_MSG( (!((num_rows > 0) && (num_cols <= 0)) ||
 401                   !((num_rows <= 0) && (num_cols > 0)) ||
 402                   !((num_rows == 0) && (num_cols == 0))),
 403                   wxT("wxGridCellAttr::SetSize only takes two postive values or negative/zero values"));
 404
 405     m_sizeRows = num_rows;
 406     m_sizeCols = num_cols;
 407 }
 408
 409 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const
 410 {
 411     if (HasTextColour())
 412     {
 413         return m_colText;
 414     }
 415     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 416     {
 417         return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour();
 418     }
 419     else
 420     {
 421         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 422         return wxNullColour;
 423     }
 424 }
 425
 426 const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const
 427 {
 428     if (HasBackgroundColour())
 429     {
 430         return m_colBack;
 431     }
 432     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 433     {
 434         return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
 435     }
 436     else
 437     {
 438         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 439         return wxNullColour;
 440     }
 441 }
 442
 443 const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const
 444 {
 445     if (HasFont())
 446     {
 447         return m_font;
 448     }
 449     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 450     {
 451         return m_defGridAttr->GetFont();
 452     }
 453     else
 454     {
 455         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 456         return wxNullFont;
 457     }
 458 }
 459
 460 void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
 461 {
 462     if (HasAlignment())
 463     {
 464         if ( hAlign )
 465             *hAlign = m_hAlign;
 466         if ( vAlign )
 467             *vAlign = m_vAlign;
 468     }
 469     else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this)
 470     {
 471         m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign);
 472     }
 473     else
 474     {
 475         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute"));
 476     }
 477 }
 478
 479 void wxGridCellAttr::GetNonDefaultAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const
 480 {
 481     if ( hAlign && m_hAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
 482         *hAlign = m_hAlign;
 483
 484     if ( vAlign && m_vAlign != wxALIGN_INVALID )
 485         *vAlign = m_vAlign;
 486 }
 487
 488 void wxGridCellAttr::GetSize( int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
 489 {
 490     if ( num_rows )
 491         *num_rows = m_sizeRows;
 492     if ( num_cols )
 493         *num_cols = m_sizeCols;
 494 }
 495
 496 // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about
 497 // which attribute to use.  If a non-default attr object has one then it is
 498 // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and
 499 // used.  It should be the default for the data type of the cell.  If it is
 500 // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its
 501 // registry), then the grid's default editor or renderer is used.
 502
 503 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
 504 {
 505     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = NULL;
 506
 507     if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr )
 508     {
 509         // use the cells renderer if it has one
 510         renderer = m_renderer;
 511         renderer->IncRef();
 512     }
 513     else // no non-default cell renderer
 514     {
 515         // get default renderer for the data type
 516         if ( grid )
 517         {
 518             // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us
 519             renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col);
 520         }
 521
 522         if ( renderer == NULL )
 523         {
 524             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
 525             {
 526                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
 527                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
 528                 renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
 529             }
 530             else // default grid attr
 531             {
 532                 // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially
 533                 renderer = m_renderer;
 534                 if ( renderer )
 535                     renderer->IncRef();
 536             }
 537         }
 538     }
 539
 540     // we're supposed to always find something
 541     wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer"));
 542
 543     return renderer;
 544 }
 545
 546 // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g
 547 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(const wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const
 548 {
 549     wxGridCellEditor *editor = NULL;
 550
 551     if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr )
 552     {
 553         // use the cells editor if it has one
 554         editor = m_editor;
 555         editor->IncRef();
 556     }
 557     else // no non default cell editor
 558     {
 559         // get default editor for the data type
 560         if ( grid )
 561         {
 562             // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us
 563             editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col);
 564         }
 565
 566         if ( editor == NULL )
 567         {
 568             if ( (m_defGridAttr != NULL) && (m_defGridAttr != this) )
 569             {
 570                 // if we still don't have one then use the grid default
 571                 // (no need for IncRef() here neither)
 572                 editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
 573             }
 574             else // default grid attr
 575             {
 576                 // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially
 577                 editor = m_editor;
 578                 if ( editor )
 579                     editor->IncRef();
 580             }
 581         }
 582     }
 583
 584     // we're supposed to always find something
 585     wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor"));
 586
 587     return editor;
 588 }
 589
 590 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 591 // wxGridCellAttrData
 592 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 593
 594 void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col)
 595 {
 596     // Note: contrary to wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr, we must not
 597     //       touch attribute's reference counting explicitly, since this
 598     //       is managed by class wxGridCellWithAttr
 599     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
 600     if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND )
 601     {
 602         if ( attr )
 603         {
 604             // add the attribute
 605             m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr));
 606         }
 607         //else: nothing to do
 608     }
 609     else // we already have an attribute for this cell
 610     {
 611         if ( attr )
 612         {
 613             // change the attribute
 614             m_attrs[(size_t)n].ChangeAttr(attr);
 615         }
 616         else
 617         {
 618             // remove this attribute
 619             m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n);
 620         }
 621     }
 622 }
 623
 624 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const
 625 {
 626     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 627
 628     int n = FindIndex(row, col);
 629     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
 630     {
 631         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr;
 632         attr->IncRef();
 633     }
 634
 635     return attr;
 636 }
 637
 638 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
 639 {
 640     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 641     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 642     {
 643         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 644         wxCoord row = coords.GetRow();
 645         if ((size_t)row >= pos)
 646         {
 647             if (numRows > 0)
 648             {
 649                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 650                 coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
 651             }
 652             else if (numRows < 0)
 653             {
 654                 // If rows deleted ...
 655                 if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows)
 656                 {
 657                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
 658                     coords.SetRow(row + numRows);
 659                 }
 660                 else
 661                 {
 662                     // ...or remove the attribute
 663                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 664                     n--;
 665                     count--;
 666                 }
 667             }
 668         }
 669     }
 670 }
 671
 672 void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
 673 {
 674     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 675     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 676     {
 677         wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 678         wxCoord col = coords.GetCol();
 679         if ( (size_t)col >= pos )
 680         {
 681             if ( numCols > 0 )
 682             {
 683                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 684                 coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
 685             }
 686             else if (numCols < 0)
 687             {
 688                 // If rows deleted ...
 689                 if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols)
 690                 {
 691                     // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)...
 692                     coords.SetCol(col + numCols);
 693                 }
 694                 else
 695                 {
 696                     // ...or remove the attribute
 697                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 698                     n--;
 699                     count--;
 700                 }
 701             }
 702         }
 703     }
 704 }
 705
 706 int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const
 707 {
 708     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 709     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 710     {
 711         const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords;
 712         if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) )
 713         {
 714             return n;
 715         }
 716     }
 717
 718     return wxNOT_FOUND;
 719 }
 720
 721 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 722 // wxGridRowOrColAttrData
 723 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 724
 725 wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData()
 726 {
 727     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 728     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 729     {
 730         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 731     }
 732 }
 733
 734 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const
 735 {
 736     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 737
 738     int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
 739     if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND )
 740     {
 741         attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n];
 742         attr->IncRef();
 743     }
 744
 745     return attr;
 746 }
 747
 748 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol)
 749 {
 750     int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol);
 751     if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND )
 752     {
 753         if ( attr )
 754         {
 755             // store the new attribute, taking its ownership
 756             m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol);
 757             m_attrs.Add(attr);
 758         }
 759         // nothing to remove
 760     }
 761     else // we have an attribute for this row or column
 762     {
 763         size_t n = (size_t)i;
 764
 765         // notice that this code works correctly even when the old attribute is
 766         // the same as the new one: as we own of it, we must call DecRef() on
 767         // it in any case and this won't result in destruction of the new
 768         // attribute if it's the same as old one because it must have ref count
 769         // of at least 2 to be passed to us while we keep a reference to it too
 770         m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 771
 772         if ( attr )
 773         {
 774             // replace the attribute with the new one
 775             m_attrs[n] = attr;
 776         }
 777         else // remove the attribute
 778         {
 779             m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
 780             m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 781         }
 782     }
 783 }
 784
 785 void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols )
 786 {
 787     size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount();
 788     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
 789     {
 790         int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n];
 791         if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos )
 792         {
 793             if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 )
 794             {
 795                 // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary
 796                 rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
 797             }
 798             else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0)
 799             {
 800                 // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists)
 801                 if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols)
 802                     rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols;
 803                 else
 804                 {
 805                     m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n);
 806                     m_attrs[n]->DecRef();
 807                     m_attrs.RemoveAt(n);
 808                     n--;
 809                     count--;
 810                 }
 811             }
 812         }
 813     }
 814 }
 815
 816 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 817 // wxGridCellAttrProvider
 818 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 819
 820 wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider()
 821 {
 822     m_data = NULL;
 823 }
 824
 825 wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider()
 826 {
 827     delete m_data;
 828 }
 829
 830 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData()
 831 {
 832     m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData;
 833 }
 834
 835 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col,
 836                                                 wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind ) const
 837 {
 838     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
 839     if ( m_data )
 840     {
 841         switch (kind)
 842         {
 843             case (wxGridCellAttr::Any):
 844                 // Get cached merge attributes.
 845                 // Currently not used as no cache implemented as not mutable
 846                 // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col);
 847                 if (!attr)
 848                 {
 849                     // Basically implement old version.
 850                     // Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time..
 851                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
 852                     wxGridCellAttr *attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
 853                     wxGridCellAttr *attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
 854
 855                     if ((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow != attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol))
 856                     {
 857                         // Two or more are non NULL
 858                         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
 859                         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged);
 860
 861                         // Order is important..
 862                         if (attrcell)
 863                         {
 864                             attr->MergeWith(attrcell);
 865                             attrcell->DecRef();
 866                         }
 867                         if (attrcol)
 868                         {
 869                             attr->MergeWith(attrcol);
 870                             attrcol->DecRef();
 871                         }
 872                         if (attrrow)
 873                         {
 874                             attr->MergeWith(attrrow);
 875                             attrrow->DecRef();
 876                         }
 877
 878                         // store merge attr if cache implemented
 879                         //attr->IncRef();
 880                         //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
 881                     }
 882                     else
 883                     {
 884                         // one or none is non null return it or null.
 885                         if (attrrow)
 886                             attr = attrrow;
 887                         if (attrcol)
 888                         {
 889                             if (attr)
 890                                 attr->DecRef();
 891                             attr = attrcol;
 892                         }
 893                         if (attrcell)
 894                         {
 895                             if (attr)
 896                                 attr->DecRef();
 897                             attr = attrcell;
 898                         }
 899                     }
 900                 }
 901                 break;
 902
 903             case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell):
 904                 attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col);
 905                 break;
 906
 907             case (wxGridCellAttr::Col):
 908                 attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col);
 909                 break;
 910
 911             case (wxGridCellAttr::Row):
 912                 attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row);
 913                 break;
 914
 915             default:
 916                 // unused as yet...
 917                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Default):
 918                 // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged):
 919                 break;
 920         }
 921     }
 922
 923     return attr;
 924 }
 925
 926 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr,
 927                                      int row, int col)
 928 {
 929     if ( !m_data )
 930         InitData();
 931
 932     m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col);
 933 }
 934
 935 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
 936 {
 937     if ( !m_data )
 938         InitData();
 939
 940     m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row);
 941 }
 942
 943 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
 944 {
 945     if ( !m_data )
 946         InitData();
 947
 948     m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col);
 949 }
 950
 951 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows )
 952 {
 953     if ( m_data )
 954     {
 955         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
 956
 957         m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows );
 958     }
 959 }
 960
 961 void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols )
 962 {
 963     if ( m_data )
 964     {
 965         m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
 966
 967         m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols );
 968     }
 969 }
 970
 971 const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
 972 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetColumnHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(col))
 973 {
 974     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer;
 975 }
 976
 977 const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
 978 wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetRowHeaderRenderer(int WXUNUSED(row))
 979 {
 980     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer;
 981 }
 982
 983 const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer& wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetCornerRenderer()
 984 {
 985     return gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer;
 986 }
 987
 988 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 989 // wxGridTableBase
 990 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 991
 992 IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject )
 993
 994 wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase()
 995 {
 996     m_view = NULL;
 997     m_attrProvider = NULL;
 998 }
 999
1000 wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase()
1001 {
1002     delete m_attrProvider;
1003 }
1004
1005 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider)
1006 {
1007     delete m_attrProvider;
1008     m_attrProvider = attrProvider;
1009 }
1010
1011 bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
1012 {
1013     if ( ! GetAttrProvider() )
1014     {
1015         // use the default attr provider by default
1016         SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider);
1017     }
1018
1019     return true;
1020 }
1021
1022 wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind  kind)
1023 {
1024     if ( m_attrProvider )
1025         return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind);
1026     else
1027         return NULL;
1028 }
1029
1030 void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col)
1031 {
1032     if ( m_attrProvider )
1033     {
1034         if ( attr )
1035             attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
1036         m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
1037     }
1038     else
1039     {
1040         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1041         // free it now
1042         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1043     }
1044 }
1045
1046 void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row)
1047 {
1048     if ( m_attrProvider )
1049     {
1050         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row);
1051         m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
1052     }
1053     else
1054     {
1055         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1056         // free it now
1057         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1058     }
1059 }
1060
1061 void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col)
1062 {
1063     if ( m_attrProvider )
1064     {
1065         attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col);
1066         m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col);
1067     }
1068     else
1069     {
1070         // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must
1071         // free it now
1072         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
1073     }
1074 }
1075
1076 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1077                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1078 {
1079     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") );
1080
1081     return false;
1082 }
1083
1084 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1085 {
1086     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1087
1088     return false;
1089 }
1090
1091 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1092                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) )
1093 {
1094     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1095
1096     return false;
1097 }
1098
1099 bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1100                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1101 {
1102     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1103
1104     return false;
1105 }
1106
1107 bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1108 {
1109     wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1110
1111     return false;
1112 }
1113
1114 bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos),
1115                                   size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) )
1116 {
1117     wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function"));
1118
1119     return false;
1120 }
1121
1122 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1123 {
1124     wxString s;
1125
1126     // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users,
1127     // no matter how much it makes sense to us geeks.
1128     s << row + 1;
1129
1130     return s;
1131 }
1132
1133 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1134 {
1135     // default col labels are:
1136     //   cols 0 to 25   : A-Z
1137     //   cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ
1138     //   etc.
1139
1140     wxString s;
1141     unsigned int i, n;
1142     for ( n = 1; ; n++ )
1143     {
1144         s += (wxChar) (wxT('A') + (wxChar)(col % 26));
1145         col = col / 26 - 1;
1146         if ( col < 0 )
1147             break;
1148     }
1149
1150     // reverse the string...
1151     wxString s2;
1152     for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ )
1153     {
1154         s2 += s[n - i - 1];
1155     }
1156
1157     return s2;
1158 }
1159
1160 wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1161 {
1162     return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1163 }
1164
1165 bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1166                                      const wxString& typeName )
1167 {
1168     return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING;
1169 }
1170
1171 bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName )
1172 {
1173     return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName);
1174 }
1175
1176 long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1177 {
1178     return 0;
1179 }
1180
1181 double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1182 {
1183     return 0.0;
1184 }
1185
1186 bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) )
1187 {
1188     return false;
1189 }
1190
1191 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1192                                       long WXUNUSED(value) )
1193 {
1194 }
1195
1196 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1197                                         double WXUNUSED(value) )
1198 {
1199 }
1200
1201 void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1202                                       bool WXUNUSED(value) )
1203 {
1204 }
1205
1206 void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1207                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) )
1208 {
1209     return NULL;
1210 }
1211
1212 void  wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col),
1213                                          const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName),
1214                                          void* WXUNUSED(value) )
1215 {
1216 }
1217
1218 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1219 //
1220 // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications
1221 // to the grid view
1222 //
1223
1224 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage()
1225 {
1226     m_table =  NULL;
1227     m_id = -1;
1228     m_comInt1 = -1;
1229     m_comInt2 = -1;
1230 }
1231
1232 wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id,
1233                                         int commandInt1, int commandInt2 )
1234 {
1235     m_table = table;
1236     m_id = id;
1237     m_comInt1 = commandInt1;
1238     m_comInt2 = commandInt2;
1239 }
1240
1241 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1242 //
1243 // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will
1244 // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class.
1245 //
1246
1247 WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray)
1248
1249 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase )
1250
1251 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable()
1252         : wxGridTableBase()
1253 {
1254     m_numCols = 0;
1255 }
1256
1257 wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols )
1258         : wxGridTableBase()
1259 {
1260     m_numCols = numCols;
1261
1262     m_data.Alloc( numRows );
1263
1264     wxArrayString sa;
1265     sa.Alloc( numCols );
1266     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1267
1268     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1269 }
1270
1271 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col )
1272 {
1273     wxCHECK_MSG( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1274                  (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1275                  wxEmptyString,
1276                  wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1277
1278     return m_data[row][col];
1279 }
1280
1281 void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value )
1282 {
1283     wxCHECK_RET( (row >= 0 && row < GetNumberRows()) &&
1284                  (col >= 0 && col < GetNumberCols()),
1285                  wxT("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") );
1286
1287     m_data[row][col] = value;
1288 }
1289
1290 void wxGridStringTable::Clear()
1291 {
1292     int row, col;
1293     int numRows, numCols;
1294
1295     numRows = m_data.GetCount();
1296     if ( numRows > 0 )
1297     {
1298         numCols = m_data[0].GetCount();
1299
1300         for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ )
1301         {
1302             for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ )
1303             {
1304                 m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString;
1305             }
1306         }
1307     }
1308 }
1309
1310 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1311 {
1312     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1313     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1314                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1315
1316     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1317     {
1318         return AppendRows( numRows );
1319     }
1320
1321     wxArrayString sa;
1322     sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1323     sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1324     m_data.Insert( sa, pos, numRows );
1325
1326     if ( GetView() )
1327     {
1328         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1329                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED,
1330                                 pos,
1331                                 numRows );
1332
1333         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1334     }
1335
1336     return true;
1337 }
1338
1339 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows )
1340 {
1341     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1342     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1343                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1344                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1345
1346     wxArrayString sa;
1347     if ( curNumCols > 0 )
1348     {
1349         sa.Alloc( curNumCols );
1350         sa.Add( wxEmptyString, curNumCols );
1351     }
1352
1353     m_data.Add( sa, numRows );
1354
1355     if ( GetView() )
1356     {
1357         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1358                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED,
1359                                 numRows );
1360
1361         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1362     }
1363
1364     return true;
1365 }
1366
1367 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows )
1368 {
1369     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1370
1371     if ( pos >= curNumRows )
1372     {
1373         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1374                     (
1375                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu rows"),
1376                         (unsigned long)pos,
1377                         (unsigned long)numRows,
1378                         (unsigned long)curNumRows
1379                     ) );
1380
1381         return false;
1382     }
1383
1384     if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos )
1385     {
1386         numRows = curNumRows - pos;
1387     }
1388
1389     if ( numRows >= curNumRows )
1390     {
1391         m_data.Clear();
1392     }
1393     else
1394     {
1395         m_data.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
1396     }
1397
1398     if ( GetView() )
1399     {
1400         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1401                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED,
1402                                 pos,
1403                                 numRows );
1404
1405         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1406     }
1407
1408     return true;
1409 }
1410
1411 bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1412 {
1413     size_t row, col;
1414
1415     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1416     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0
1417                          ? m_data[0].GetCount()
1418                          : ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1419
1420     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1421     {
1422         return AppendCols( numCols );
1423     }
1424
1425     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1426     {
1427         m_colLabels.Insert( wxEmptyString, pos, numCols );
1428
1429         size_t i;
1430         for ( i = pos; i < pos + numCols; i++ )
1431             m_colLabels[i] = wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( i );
1432     }
1433
1434     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1435     {
1436         for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ )
1437         {
1438             m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col );
1439         }
1440     }
1441
1442     m_numCols += numCols;
1443
1444     if ( GetView() )
1445     {
1446         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1447                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED,
1448                                 pos,
1449                                 numCols );
1450
1451         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1452     }
1453
1454     return true;
1455 }
1456
1457 bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols )
1458 {
1459     size_t row;
1460
1461     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1462
1463     for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1464     {
1465         m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString, numCols );
1466     }
1467
1468     m_numCols += numCols;
1469
1470     if ( GetView() )
1471     {
1472         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1473                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED,
1474                                 numCols );
1475
1476         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1477     }
1478
1479     return true;
1480 }
1481
1482 bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols )
1483 {
1484     size_t row;
1485
1486     size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount();
1487     size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() :
1488                           ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) );
1489
1490     if ( pos >= curNumCols )
1491     {
1492         wxFAIL_MSG( wxString::Format
1493                     (
1494                         wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%lu, N=%lu)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %lu cols"),
1495                         (unsigned long)pos,
1496                         (unsigned long)numCols,
1497                         (unsigned long)curNumCols
1498                     ) );
1499         return false;
1500     }
1501
1502     int colID;
1503     if ( GetView() )
1504         colID = GetView()->GetColAt( pos );
1505     else
1506         colID = pos;
1507
1508     if ( numCols > curNumCols - colID )
1509     {
1510         numCols = curNumCols - colID;
1511     }
1512
1513     if ( !m_colLabels.IsEmpty() )
1514     {
1515         // m_colLabels stores just as many elements as it needs, e.g. if only
1516         // the label of the first column had been set it would have only one
1517         // element and not numCols, so account for it
1518         int nToRm = m_colLabels.size() - colID;
1519         if ( nToRm > 0 )
1520             m_colLabels.RemoveAt( colID, nToRm );
1521     }
1522
1523     if ( numCols >= curNumCols )
1524     {
1525         for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1526         {
1527             m_data[row].Clear();
1528         }
1529
1530         m_numCols = 0;
1531     }
1532     else // something will be left
1533     {
1534         for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ )
1535         {
1536             m_data[row].RemoveAt( colID, numCols );
1537         }
1538
1539         m_numCols -= numCols;
1540     }
1541
1542     if ( GetView() )
1543     {
1544         wxGridTableMessage msg( this,
1545                                 wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED,
1546                                 pos,
1547                                 numCols );
1548
1549         GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg );
1550     }
1551
1552     return true;
1553 }
1554
1555 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row )
1556 {
1557     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1558     {
1559         // using default label
1560         //
1561         return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row );
1562     }
1563     else
1564     {
1565         return m_rowLabels[row];
1566     }
1567 }
1568
1569 wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col )
1570 {
1571     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1572     {
1573         // using default label
1574         //
1575         return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col );
1576     }
1577     else
1578     {
1579         return m_colLabels[col];
1580     }
1581 }
1582
1583 void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value )
1584 {
1585     if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1586     {
1587         int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount();
1588         int i;
1589
1590         for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ )
1591         {
1592             m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) );
1593         }
1594     }
1595
1596     m_rowLabels[row] = value;
1597 }
1598
1599 void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value )
1600 {
1601     if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 )
1602     {
1603         int n = m_colLabels.GetCount();
1604         int i;
1605
1606         for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ )
1607         {
1608             m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) );
1609         }
1610     }
1611
1612     m_colLabels[col] = value;
1613 }
1614
1615
1616 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1617 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1618
1619 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxGridSubwindow, wxWindow)
1620     EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST(wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost)
1621 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1622
1623 void wxGridSubwindow::OnMouseCaptureLost(wxMouseCaptureLostEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
1624 {
1625     m_owner->CancelMouseCapture();
1626 }
1627
1628 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1629     EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1630     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1631     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1632 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1633
1634 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1635 {
1636     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1637
1638     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1639     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1640     // set the y coord  - MB
1641     //
1642     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1643
1644     int x, y;
1645     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1646     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1647     dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x, pt.y-y );
1648
1649     wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1650     m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc, rows );
1651 }
1652
1653 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1654 {
1655     m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event );
1656 }
1657
1658 void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1659 {
1660     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1661         event.Skip();
1662 }
1663
1664 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1665
1666 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1667     EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1668     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1669     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1670 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1671
1672 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1673 {
1674     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1675
1676     // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin
1677     // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to
1678     // set the x coord  - MB
1679     //
1680     // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1681
1682     int x, y;
1683     m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y );
1684     wxPoint pt = dc.GetDeviceOrigin();
1685     if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
1686         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x+x, pt.y );
1687     else
1688         dc.SetDeviceOrigin( pt.x-x, pt.y );
1689
1690     wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() );
1691     m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc, cols );
1692 }
1693
1694 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1695 {
1696     m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event );
1697 }
1698
1699 void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1700 {
1701     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1702         event.Skip();
1703 }
1704
1705 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1706
1707 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1708     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1709     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1710     EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint )
1711 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1712
1713 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1714 {
1715     wxPaintDC dc(this);
1716
1717     m_owner->DrawCornerLabel(dc);
1718 }
1719
1720 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1721 {
1722     m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event );
1723 }
1724
1725 void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1726 {
1727     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event))
1728         event.Skip();
1729 }
1730
1731 //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1732
1733 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxGridSubwindow )
1734     EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint )
1735     EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel )
1736     EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent )
1737     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown )
1738     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp )
1739     EVT_CHAR( wxGridWindow::OnChar )
1740     EVT_SET_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1741     EVT_KILL_FOCUS( wxGridWindow::OnFocus )
1742     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground )
1743 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1744
1745 void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) )
1746 {
1747     wxPaintDC dc( this );
1748     m_owner->PrepareDC( dc );
1749     wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion();
1750     wxGridCellCoordsArray dirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg );
1751     m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc, dirtyCells );
1752
1753     m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc );
1754
1755     m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg );
1756
1757     m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc, dirtyCells );
1758 }
1759
1760 void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect )
1761 {
1762     wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect );
1763     m_owner->GetGridRowLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect );
1764     m_owner->GetGridColLabelWindow()->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect );
1765 }
1766
1767 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
1768 {
1769     if (event.ButtonDown(wxMOUSE_BTN_LEFT) && FindFocus() != this)
1770         SetFocus();
1771
1772     m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event );
1773 }
1774
1775 void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event )
1776 {
1777     if (!m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ))
1778         event.Skip();
1779 }
1780
1781 // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse
1782 // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events
1783 //
1784 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
1785 {
1786     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
1787         event.Skip();
1788 }
1789
1790 void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
1791 {
1792     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
1793         event.Skip();
1794 }
1795
1796 void wxGridWindow::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
1797 {
1798     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
1799         event.Skip();
1800 }
1801
1802 void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
1803 {
1804 }
1805
1806 void wxGridWindow::OnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
1807 {
1808     // and if we have any selection, it has to be repainted, because it
1809     // uses different colour when the grid is not focused:
1810     if ( m_owner->IsSelection() )
1811     {
1812         Refresh();
1813     }
1814     else
1815     {
1816         // NB: Note that this code is in "else" branch only because the other
1817         //     branch refreshes everything and so there's no point in calling
1818         //     Refresh() again, *not* because it should only be done if
1819         //     !IsSelection(). If the above code is ever optimized to refresh
1820         //     only selected area, this needs to be moved out of the "else"
1821         //     branch so that it's always executed.
1822
1823         // current cell cursor {dis,re}appears on focus change:
1824         const wxGridCellCoords cursorCoords(m_owner->GetGridCursorRow(),
1825                                             m_owner->GetGridCursorCol());
1826         const wxRect cursor =
1827             m_owner->BlockToDeviceRect(cursorCoords, cursorCoords);
1828         Refresh(true, &cursor);
1829     }
1830
1831     if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) )
1832         event.Skip();
1833 }
1834
1835 #define internalXToCol(x) XToCol(x, true)
1836 #define internalYToRow(y) YToRow(y, true)
1837
1838 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
1839
1840 #if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
1841 WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
1842
1843 wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
1844     // new style border flags, we put them first to
1845     // use them for streaming out
1846     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
1847     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
1848     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
1849     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
1850     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
1851     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
1852
1853     // old style border flags
1854     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
1855     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
1856     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
1857     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
1858     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
1859     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
1860
1861     // standard window styles
1862     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
1863     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
1864     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
1865     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
1866     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
1867     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB)
1868     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
1869     wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
1870
1871 wxEND_FLAGS( wxGridStyle )
1872
1873 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI(wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow,"wx/grid.h")
1874
1875 wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxGrid)
1876     wxHIDE_PROPERTY( Children )
1877     wxPROPERTY_FLAGS( WindowStyle , wxGridStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE, 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
1878 wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
1879
1880 wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxGrid)
1881 wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
1882
1883 wxCONSTRUCTOR_5( wxGrid , wxWindow* , Parent , wxWindowID , Id , wxPoint , Position , wxSize , Size , long , WindowStyle )
1884
1885 /*
1886  TODO : Expose more information of a list's layout, etc. via appropriate objects (e.g., NotebookPageInfo)
1887 */
1888 #else
1889 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
1890 #endif
1891
1892 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow )
1893     EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint )
1894     EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize )
1895     EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown )
1896     EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp )
1897     EVT_CHAR ( wxGrid::OnChar )
1898     EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground )
1899 END_EVENT_TABLE()
1900
1901 bool wxGrid::Create(wxWindow *parent, wxWindowID id,
1902                           const wxPoint& pos, const wxSize& size,
1903                           long style, const wxString& name)
1904 {
1905     if (!wxScrolledWindow::Create(parent, id, pos, size,
1906                                   style | wxWANTS_CHARS, name))
1907         return false;
1908
1909     m_colMinWidths = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
1910     m_rowMinHeights = wxLongToLongHashMap(GRID_HASH_SIZE);
1911
1912     Create();
1913     SetInitialSize(size);
1914     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
1915     CalcDimensions();
1916
1917     return true;
1918 }
1919
1920 wxGrid::~wxGrid()
1921 {
1922     if ( m_winCapture )
1923         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
1924
1925     // Ensure that the editor control is destroyed before the grid is,
1926     // otherwise we crash later when the editor tries to do something with the
1927     // half destroyed grid
1928     HideCellEditControl();
1929
1930     // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler
1931     SetTargetWindow(this);
1932     ClearAttrCache();
1933     wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr);
1934
1935 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
1936     size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses;
1937     wxPrintf(wxT("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: "
1938                 "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"),
1939              total, gs_nAttrCacheHits,
1940              total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0);
1941 #endif
1942
1943     // if we own the table, just delete it, otherwise at least don't leave it
1944     // with dangling view pointer
1945     if ( m_ownTable )
1946         delete m_table;
1947     else if ( m_table && m_table->GetView() == this )
1948         m_table->SetView(NULL);
1949
1950     delete m_typeRegistry;
1951     delete m_selection;
1952
1953     delete m_setFixedRows;
1954     delete m_setFixedCols;
1955 }
1956
1957 //
1958 // ----- internal init and update functions
1959 //
1960
1961 // NOTE: If using the default visual attributes works everywhere then this can
1962 // be removed as well as the #else cases below.
1963 #define _USE_VISATTR 0
1964
1965 void wxGrid::Create()
1966 {
1967     // create the type registry
1968     m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry;
1969
1970     m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
1971
1972     m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr();
1973
1974     // Set default cell attributes
1975     m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
1976     m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default);
1977     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont());
1978     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP);
1979     m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer);
1980     m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor);
1981
1982 #if _USE_VISATTR
1983     wxVisualAttributes gva = wxListBox::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
1984     wxVisualAttributes lva = wxPanel::GetClassDefaultAttributes();
1985
1986     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(gva.colFg);
1987     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(gva.colBg);
1988
1989 #else
1990     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(
1991         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT));
1992     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(
1993         wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW));
1994 #endif
1995
1996     m_numRows = 0;
1997     m_numCols = 0;
1998     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
1999
2000     // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid
2001     m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow(this);
2002     CreateColumnWindow();
2003     m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow(this);
2004     m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this );
2005
2006     SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin );
2007
2008 #if _USE_VISATTR
2009     wxColour gfg = gva.colFg;
2010     wxColour gbg = gva.colBg;
2011     wxColour lfg = lva.colFg;
2012     wxColour lbg = lva.colBg;
2013 #else
2014     wxColour gfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2015     wxColour gbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW );
2016     wxColour lfg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT );
2017     wxColour lbg = wxSystemSettings::GetColour( wxSYS_COLOUR_BTNFACE );
2018 #endif
2019
2020     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2021     m_cornerLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2022     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2023     m_rowLabelWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2024     m_colWindow->SetOwnForegroundColour(lfg);
2025     m_colWindow->SetOwnBackgroundColour(lbg);
2026
2027     m_gridWin->SetOwnForegroundColour(gfg);
2028     m_gridWin->SetOwnBackgroundColour(gbg);
2029
2030     m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour();
2031     m_labelTextColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetForegroundColour();
2032
2033     // now that we have the grid window, use its font to compute the default
2034     // row height
2035     m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight();
2036 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__)  // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl()
2037     m_defaultRowHeight += 8;
2038 #else
2039     m_defaultRowHeight += 4;
2040 #endif
2041
2042 }
2043
2044 void wxGrid::CreateColumnWindow()
2045 {
2046     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2047     {
2048         m_colWindow = new wxGridHeaderCtrl(this);
2049         m_colLabelHeight = m_colWindow->GetBestSize().y;
2050     }
2051     else // draw labels ourselves
2052     {
2053         m_colWindow = new wxGridColLabelWindow(this);
2054         m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2055     }
2056 }
2057
2058 bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols,
2059                          wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2060 {
2061     wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created,
2062                  false,
2063                  wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") );
2064
2065     return SetTable(new wxGridStringTable(numRows, numCols), true, selmode);
2066 }
2067
2068 void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGridSelectionModes selmode)
2069 {
2070     wxCHECK_RET( m_created,
2071                  wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2072
2073     m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode );
2074 }
2075
2076 wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() const
2077 {
2078     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, wxGridSelectCells,
2079                  wxT("Called wxGrid::GetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") );
2080
2081     return m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
2082 }
2083
2084 bool
2085 wxGrid::SetTable(wxGridTableBase *table,
2086                  bool takeOwnership,
2087                  wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode )
2088 {
2089     bool checkSelection = false;
2090     if ( m_created )
2091     {
2092         // stop all processing
2093         m_created = false;
2094
2095         if (m_table)
2096         {
2097             m_table->SetView(0);
2098             if( m_ownTable )
2099                 delete m_table;
2100             m_table = NULL;
2101         }
2102
2103         wxDELETE(m_selection);
2104
2105         m_ownTable = false;
2106         m_numRows = 0;
2107         m_numCols = 0;
2108         checkSelection = true;
2109
2110         // kill row and column size arrays
2111         m_colWidths.Empty();
2112         m_colRights.Empty();
2113         m_rowHeights.Empty();
2114         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2115     }
2116
2117     if (table)
2118     {
2119         m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows();
2120         m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols();
2121
2122         if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2123             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2124
2125         m_table = table;
2126         m_table->SetView( this );
2127         m_ownTable = takeOwnership;
2128         m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode );
2129         if (checkSelection)
2130         {
2131             // If the newly set table is smaller than the
2132             // original one current cell and selection regions
2133             // might be invalid,
2134             m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2135             m_currentCellCoords =
2136               wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows, m_currentCellCoords.GetRow()),
2137                                wxMin(m_numCols, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol()));
2138             if (m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() >= m_numRows ||
2139                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() >= m_numCols)
2140             {
2141                 m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2142                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2143             }
2144             else
2145                 m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2146                   wxGridCellCoords(wxMin(m_numRows,
2147                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow()),
2148                                    wxMin(m_numCols,
2149                                          m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol()));
2150         }
2151         CalcDimensions();
2152
2153         m_created = true;
2154     }
2155
2156     return m_created;
2157 }
2158
2159 void wxGrid::Init()
2160 {
2161     m_created = false;
2162
2163     m_cornerLabelWin = NULL;
2164     m_rowLabelWin = NULL;
2165     m_colWindow = NULL;
2166     m_gridWin = NULL;
2167
2168     m_table = NULL;
2169     m_ownTable = false;
2170
2171     m_selection = NULL;
2172     m_defaultCellAttr = NULL;
2173     m_typeRegistry = NULL;
2174     m_winCapture = NULL;
2175
2176     m_rowLabelWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH;
2177     m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT;
2178
2179     m_setFixedRows =
2180     m_setFixedCols = NULL;
2181
2182     // init attr cache
2183     m_attrCache.row = -1;
2184     m_attrCache.col = -1;
2185     m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
2186
2187     m_labelFont = GetFont();
2188     m_labelFont.SetWeight( wxBOLD );
2189
2190     m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2191     m_rowLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2192
2193     m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2194     m_colLabelVertAlign  = wxALIGN_CENTRE;
2195     m_colLabelTextOrientation = wxHORIZONTAL;
2196
2197     m_defaultColWidth  = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH;
2198     m_defaultRowHeight = 0; // this will be initialized after creation
2199
2200     m_minAcceptableColWidth  = WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH;
2201     m_minAcceptableRowHeight = WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT;
2202
2203     m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 192,192,192 );
2204     m_gridLinesEnabled = true;
2205     m_gridLinesClipHorz =
2206     m_gridLinesClipVert = true;
2207     m_cellHighlightColour = *wxBLACK;
2208     m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2;
2209     m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1;
2210
2211     m_canDragColMove = false;
2212
2213     m_cursorMode  = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
2214     m_winCapture = NULL;
2215     m_canDragRowSize = true;
2216     m_canDragColSize = true;
2217     m_canDragGridSize = true;
2218     m_canDragCell = false;
2219     m_dragLastPos  = -1;
2220     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
2221     m_isDragging = false;
2222     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
2223
2224     m_sortCol = wxNOT_FOUND;
2225     m_sortIsAscending = true;
2226
2227     m_useNativeHeader =
2228     m_nativeColumnLabels = false;
2229
2230     m_waitForSlowClick = false;
2231
2232     m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS );
2233     m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE );
2234
2235     m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2236
2237     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
2238     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
2239     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2240
2241     m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT);
2242     m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT);
2243
2244     m_editable = true;  // default for whole grid
2245
2246     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
2247     m_batchCount = 0;
2248
2249     m_extraWidth =
2250     m_extraHeight = 0;
2251
2252     m_scrollLineX = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X;
2253     m_scrollLineY = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y;
2254 }
2255
2256 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2257 // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create
2258 // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if
2259 // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these
2260 // arrays at all
2261 //
2262 // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the widths/heights
2263 // different from default ones (resulting in space savings for huge grids) but
2264 // this is not done currently
2265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2266
2267 void wxGrid::InitRowHeights()
2268 {
2269     m_rowHeights.Empty();
2270     m_rowBottoms.Empty();
2271
2272     m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows );
2273     m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows );
2274
2275     m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, m_numRows );
2276
2277     int rowBottom = 0;
2278     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2279     {
2280         rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight;
2281         m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom );
2282     }
2283 }
2284
2285 void wxGrid::InitColWidths()
2286 {
2287     m_colWidths.Empty();
2288     m_colRights.Empty();
2289
2290     m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols );
2291     m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols );
2292
2293     m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, m_numCols );
2294
2295     for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2296     {
2297         int colRight = ( GetColPos( i ) + 1 ) * m_defaultColWidth;
2298         m_colRights.Add( colRight );
2299     }
2300 }
2301
2302 int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const
2303 {
2304     return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col];
2305 }
2306
2307 int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const
2308 {
2309     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? GetColPos( col ) * m_defaultColWidth
2310                                  : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col];
2311 }
2312
2313 int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const
2314 {
2315     return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (GetColPos( col ) + 1) * m_defaultColWidth
2316                                  : m_colRights[col];
2317 }
2318
2319 int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const
2320 {
2321     return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row];
2322 }
2323
2324 int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const
2325 {
2326     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight
2327                                   : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row];
2328 }
2329
2330 int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const
2331 {
2332     return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight
2333                                   : m_rowBottoms[row];
2334 }
2335
2336 void wxGrid::CalcDimensions()
2337 {
2338     // compute the size of the scrollable area
2339     int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1)) : 0;
2340     int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
2341
2342     w += m_extraWidth;
2343     h += m_extraHeight;
2344
2345     // take into account editor if shown
2346     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
2347     {
2348         int w2, h2;
2349         int r = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
2350         int c = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
2351         int x = GetColLeft(c);
2352         int y = GetRowTop(r);
2353
2354         // how big is the editor
2355         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(r, c);
2356         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, r, c);
2357         editor->GetControl()->GetSize(&w2, &h2);
2358         w2 += x;
2359         h2 += y;
2360         if ( w2 > w )
2361             w = w2;
2362         if ( h2 > h )
2363             h = h2;
2364         editor->DecRef();
2365         attr->DecRef();
2366     }
2367
2368     // preserve (more or less) the previous position
2369     int x, y;
2370     GetViewStart( &x, &y );
2371
2372     // ensure the position is valid for the new scroll ranges
2373     if ( x >= w )
2374         x = wxMax( w - 1, 0 );
2375     if ( y >= h )
2376         y = wxMax( h - 1, 0 );
2377
2378     // update the virtual size and refresh the scrollbars to reflect it
2379     m_gridWin->SetVirtualSize(w, h);
2380     Scroll(x, y);
2381     AdjustScrollbars();
2382
2383     // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we
2384     // still must reposition the children
2385     CalcWindowSizes();
2386 }
2387
2388 wxSize wxGrid::GetSizeAvailableForScrollTarget(const wxSize& size)
2389 {
2390     wxSize sizeGridWin(size);
2391     sizeGridWin.x -= m_rowLabelWidth;
2392     sizeGridWin.y -= m_colLabelHeight;
2393
2394     return sizeGridWin;
2395 }
2396
2397 void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes()
2398 {
2399     // escape if the window is has not been fully created yet
2400
2401     if ( m_cornerLabelWin == NULL )
2402         return;
2403
2404     int cw, ch;
2405     GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2406
2407     // the grid may be too small to have enough space for the labels yet, don't
2408     // size the windows to negative sizes in this case
2409     int gw = cw - m_rowLabelWidth;
2410     int gh = ch - m_colLabelHeight;
2411     if (gw < 0)
2412         gw = 0;
2413     if (gh < 0)
2414         gh = 0;
2415
2416     if ( m_cornerLabelWin && m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() )
2417         m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight );
2418
2419     if ( m_colWindow && m_colWindow->IsShown() )
2420         m_colWindow->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, gw, m_colLabelHeight );
2421
2422     if ( m_rowLabelWin && m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() )
2423         m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, gh );
2424
2425     if ( m_gridWin && m_gridWin->IsShown() )
2426         m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, gw, gh );
2427 }
2428
2429 // this is called when the grid table sends a message
2430 // to indicate that it has been redimensioned
2431 //
2432 bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
2433 {
2434     int i;
2435     bool result = false;
2436
2437     // Clear the attribute cache as the attribute might refer to a different
2438     // cell than stored in the cache after adding/removing rows/columns.
2439     ClearAttrCache();
2440
2441     // By the same reasoning, the editor should be dismissed if columns are
2442     // added or removed. And for consistency, it should IMHO always be
2443     // removed, not only if the cell "underneath" it actually changes.
2444     // For now, I intentionally do not save the editor's content as the
2445     // cell it might want to save that stuff to might no longer exist.
2446     HideCellEditControl();
2447
2448     switch ( msg.GetId() )
2449     {
2450         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
2451         {
2452             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2453             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2454
2455             m_numRows += numRows;
2456
2457             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2458             {
2459                 m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos, numRows );
2460                 m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos, numRows );
2461
2462                 int bottom = 0;
2463                 if ( pos > 0 )
2464                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos - 1];
2465
2466                 for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2467                 {
2468                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2469                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2470                 }
2471             }
2472
2473             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2474             {
2475                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2476                 // cell will be undefined...
2477                 //
2478                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2479             }
2480
2481             if ( m_selection )
2482                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows );
2483             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2484             if (attrProvider)
2485                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows );
2486
2487             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2488             {
2489                 CalcDimensions();
2490                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2491             }
2492         }
2493         result = true;
2494         break;
2495
2496         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
2497         {
2498             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt();
2499             int oldNumRows = m_numRows;
2500             m_numRows += numRows;
2501
2502             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2503             {
2504                 m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight, numRows );
2505                 m_rowBottoms.Add( 0, numRows );
2506
2507                 int bottom = 0;
2508                 if ( oldNumRows > 0 )
2509                     bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows - 1];
2510
2511                 for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2512                 {
2513                     bottom += m_rowHeights[i];
2514                     m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom;
2515                 }
2516             }
2517
2518             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2519             {
2520                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2521                 // cell will be undefined...
2522                 //
2523                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2524             }
2525
2526             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2527             {
2528                 CalcDimensions();
2529                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2530             }
2531         }
2532         result = true;
2533         break;
2534
2535         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
2536         {
2537             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2538             int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2539             m_numRows -= numRows;
2540
2541             if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
2542             {
2543                 m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2544                 m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos, numRows );
2545
2546                 int h = 0;
2547                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ )
2548                 {
2549                     h += m_rowHeights[i];
2550                     m_rowBottoms[i] = h;
2551                 }
2552             }
2553
2554             if ( !m_numRows )
2555             {
2556                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2557             }
2558             else
2559             {
2560                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows )
2561                     m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2562             }
2563
2564             if ( m_selection )
2565                 m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2566             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2567             if (attrProvider)
2568             {
2569                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) );
2570
2571 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2572 #if 0
2573                 // No need to touch column attributes, unless we
2574                 // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove
2575                 // all column attributes.
2576                 // I hate to do this here, but the
2577                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows.
2578                 if ( !GetNumberRows() )
2579                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() );
2580 #endif
2581             }
2582
2583             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2584             {
2585                 CalcDimensions();
2586                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
2587             }
2588         }
2589         result = true;
2590         break;
2591
2592         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
2593         {
2594             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2595             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2596             m_numCols += numCols;
2597
2598             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2599                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2600
2601             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2602             {
2603                 //Shift the column IDs
2604                 int i;
2605                 for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols - numCols; i++ )
2606                 {
2607                     if ( m_colAt[i] >= (int)pos )
2608                         m_colAt[i] += numCols;
2609                 }
2610
2611                 m_colAt.Insert( pos, pos, numCols );
2612
2613                 //Set the new columns' positions
2614                 for ( i = pos + 1; i < (int)pos + numCols; i++ )
2615                 {
2616                     m_colAt[i] = i;
2617                 }
2618             }
2619
2620             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2621             {
2622                 m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos, numCols );
2623                 m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos, numCols );
2624
2625                 int right = 0;
2626                 if ( pos > 0 )
2627                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( pos - 1 )];
2628
2629                 int colPos;
2630                 for ( colPos = pos; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2631                 {
2632                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
2633
2634                     right += m_colWidths[i];
2635                     m_colRights[i] = right;
2636                 }
2637             }
2638
2639             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2640             {
2641                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2642                 // cell will be undefined...
2643                 //
2644                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2645             }
2646
2647             if ( m_selection )
2648                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols );
2649             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2650             if (attrProvider)
2651                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols );
2652             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2653             {
2654                 CalcDimensions();
2655                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2656             }
2657         }
2658         result = true;
2659         break;
2660
2661         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
2662         {
2663             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt();
2664             int oldNumCols = m_numCols;
2665             m_numCols += numCols;
2666             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2667                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2668
2669             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2670             {
2671                 m_colAt.Add( 0, numCols );
2672
2673                 //Set the new columns' positions
2674                 int i;
2675                 for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ )
2676                 {
2677                     m_colAt[i] = i;
2678                 }
2679             }
2680
2681             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2682             {
2683                 m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth, numCols );
2684                 m_colRights.Add( 0, numCols );
2685
2686                 int right = 0;
2687                 if ( oldNumCols > 0 )
2688                     right = m_colRights[GetColAt( oldNumCols - 1 )];
2689
2690                 int colPos;
2691                 for ( colPos = oldNumCols; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2692                 {
2693                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
2694
2695                     right += m_colWidths[i];
2696                     m_colRights[i] = right;
2697                 }
2698             }
2699
2700             if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
2701             {
2702                 // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current
2703                 // cell will be undefined...
2704                 //
2705                 SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 );
2706             }
2707             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2708             {
2709                 CalcDimensions();
2710                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2711             }
2712         }
2713         result = true;
2714         break;
2715
2716         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
2717         {
2718             size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt();
2719             int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2();
2720             m_numCols -= numCols;
2721             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
2722                 GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
2723
2724             if ( !m_colAt.IsEmpty() )
2725             {
2726                 int colID = GetColAt( pos );
2727
2728                 m_colAt.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
2729
2730                 //Shift the column IDs
2731                 int colPos;
2732                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2733                 {
2734                     if ( m_colAt[colPos] > colID )
2735                         m_colAt[colPos] -= numCols;
2736                 }
2737             }
2738
2739             if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
2740             {
2741                 m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
2742                 m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos, numCols );
2743
2744                 int w = 0;
2745                 int colPos;
2746                 for ( colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2747                 {
2748                     i = GetColAt( colPos );
2749
2750                     w += m_colWidths[i];
2751                     m_colRights[i] = w;
2752                 }
2753             }
2754
2755             if ( !m_numCols )
2756             {
2757                 m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords;
2758             }
2759             else
2760             {
2761                 if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols )
2762                   m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 );
2763             }
2764
2765             if ( m_selection )
2766                 m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
2767             wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider();
2768             if (attrProvider)
2769             {
2770                 attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) );
2771
2772 // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans
2773 #if 0
2774                 // No need to touch row attributes, unless we
2775                 // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove
2776                 // all row attributes.
2777                 // I hate to do this here, but the
2778                 // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols.
2779                 if ( !GetNumberCols() )
2780                     attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() );
2781 #endif
2782             }
2783
2784             if ( !GetBatchCount() )
2785             {
2786                 CalcDimensions();
2787                 m_colWindow->Refresh();
2788             }
2789         }
2790         result = true;
2791         break;
2792     }
2793
2794     if (result && !GetBatchCount() )
2795         m_gridWin->Refresh();
2796
2797     return result;
2798 }
2799
2800 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
2801 {
2802     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
2803     wxRect r;
2804
2805     wxArrayInt  rowlabels;
2806
2807     int top, bottom;
2808     while ( iter )
2809     {
2810         r = iter.GetRect();
2811
2812         // TODO: remove this when we can...
2813         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
2814         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
2815         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
2816         //
2817 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2818         int cw, ch;
2819         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2820         if ( r.GetTop() > ch )
2821             r.SetTop( 0 );
2822         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
2823 #endif
2824
2825         // logical bounds of update region
2826         //
2827         int dummy;
2828         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top );
2829         CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom );
2830
2831         // find the row labels within these bounds
2832         //
2833         int row;
2834         for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
2835         {
2836             if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top )
2837                 continue;
2838
2839             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
2840                 break;
2841
2842             rowlabels.Add( row );
2843         }
2844
2845         ++iter;
2846     }
2847
2848     return rowlabels;
2849 }
2850
2851 wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
2852 {
2853     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
2854     wxRect r;
2855
2856     wxArrayInt colLabels;
2857
2858     int left, right;
2859     while ( iter )
2860     {
2861         r = iter.GetRect();
2862
2863         // TODO: remove this when we can...
2864         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
2865         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
2866         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
2867         //
2868 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2869         int cw, ch;
2870         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2871         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw )
2872             r.SetLeft( 0 );
2873         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
2874 #endif
2875
2876         // logical bounds of update region
2877         //
2878         int dummy;
2879         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy );
2880         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy );
2881
2882         // find the cells within these bounds
2883         //
2884         int col;
2885         int colPos;
2886         for ( colPos = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) ); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
2887         {
2888             col = GetColAt( colPos );
2889
2890             if ( GetColRight(col) < left )
2891                 continue;
2892
2893             if ( GetColLeft(col) > right )
2894                 break;
2895
2896             colLabels.Add( col );
2897         }
2898
2899         ++iter;
2900     }
2901
2902     return colLabels;
2903 }
2904
2905 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) const
2906 {
2907     wxRegionIterator iter( reg );
2908     wxRect r;
2909
2910     wxGridCellCoordsArray  cellsExposed;
2911
2912     int left, top, right, bottom;
2913     while ( iter )
2914     {
2915         r = iter.GetRect();
2916
2917         // TODO: remove this when we can...
2918         // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update
2919         // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the
2920         // scrollbar with middle button.  This is a work-around
2921         //
2922 #if defined(__WXMOTIF__)
2923         int cw, ch;
2924         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2925         if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 );
2926         if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 );
2927         r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) );
2928         r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) );
2929 #endif
2930
2931         // logical bounds of update region
2932         //
2933         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
2934         CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
2935
2936         // find the cells within these bounds
2937         wxArrayInt cols;
2938         for ( int row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ )
2939         {
2940             if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top )
2941                 continue;
2942
2943             if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom )
2944                 break;
2945
2946             // add all dirty cells in this row: notice that the columns which
2947             // are dirty don't depend on the row so we compute them only once
2948             // for the first dirty row and then reuse for all the next ones
2949             if ( cols.empty() )
2950             {
2951                 // do determine the dirty columns
2952                 for ( int pos = XToPos(left); pos <= XToPos(right); pos++ )
2953                     cols.push_back(GetColAt(pos));
2954
2955                 // if there are no dirty columns at all, nothing to do
2956                 if ( cols.empty() )
2957                     break;
2958             }
2959
2960             const size_t count = cols.size();
2961             for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
2962                 cellsExposed.Add(wxGridCellCoords(row, cols[n]));
2963         }
2964
2965         ++iter;
2966     }
2967
2968     return cellsExposed;
2969 }
2970
2971
2972 void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
2973 {
2974     int x, y, row;
2975     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
2976     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
2977
2978     if ( event.Dragging() )
2979     {
2980         if (!m_isDragging)
2981         {
2982             m_isDragging = true;
2983             m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse();
2984         }
2985
2986         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
2987         {
2988             switch ( m_cursorMode )
2989             {
2990                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
2991                 {
2992                     int cw, ch, left, dummy;
2993                     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
2994                     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy );
2995
2996                     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
2997                     PrepareDC( dc );
2998                     y = wxMax( y,
2999                                GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) +
3000                                GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) );
3001                     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3002                     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3003                     {
3004                         dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos );
3005                     }
3006                     dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y );
3007                     m_dragLastPos = y;
3008                 }
3009                 break;
3010
3011                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3012                 {
3013                     if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 )
3014                     {
3015                         if ( m_selection )
3016                             m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3017                     }
3018                 }
3019                 break;
3020
3021                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3022                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3023                 default:
3024                     break;
3025             }
3026         }
3027         return;
3028     }
3029
3030     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3031         return;
3032
3033     if (m_isDragging)
3034     {
3035         if (m_rowLabelWin->HasCapture())
3036             m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse();
3037         m_isDragging = false;
3038     }
3039
3040     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3041     //
3042     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3043     {
3044         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3045     }
3046
3047     // ------------ Left button pressed
3048     //
3049     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3050     {
3051         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3052         if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3053         {
3054             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3055         }
3056         else // not a request to start resizing
3057         {
3058             row = YToRow(y);
3059             if ( row >= 0 &&
3060                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3061             {
3062                 if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3063                     ClearSelection();
3064                 if ( m_selection )
3065                 {
3066                     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3067                     {
3068                         m_selection->SelectBlock
3069                                      (
3070                                         m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), 0,
3071                                         row, GetNumberCols() - 1,
3072                                         event
3073                                      );
3074                     }
3075                     else
3076                     {
3077                         m_selection->SelectRow(row, event);
3078                     }
3079                 }
3080
3081                 ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin);
3082             }
3083         }
3084     }
3085
3086     // ------------ Left double click
3087     //
3088     else if (event.LeftDClick() )
3089     {
3090         row = YToEdgeOfRow(y);
3091         if ( row != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragRowSize(row) )
3092         {
3093             // adjust row height depending on label text
3094             //
3095             // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3096             AutoSizeRowLabelSize( row );
3097
3098             SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, row, -1, event);
3099
3100             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3101             m_dragLastPos = -1;
3102         }
3103         else // not on row separator or it's not resizeable
3104         {
3105             row = YToRow(y);
3106             if ( row >=0 &&
3107                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3108             {
3109                 // no default action at the moment
3110             }
3111         }
3112     }
3113
3114     // ------------ Left button released
3115     //
3116     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3117     {
3118         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3119             DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3120
3121         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin);
3122         m_dragLastPos = -1;
3123     }
3124
3125     // ------------ Right button down
3126     //
3127     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3128     {
3129         row = YToRow(y);
3130         if ( row >=0 &&
3131              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3132         {
3133             // no default action at the moment
3134         }
3135     }
3136
3137     // ------------ Right double click
3138     //
3139     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3140     {
3141         row = YToRow(y);
3142         if ( row >= 0 &&
3143              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) )
3144         {
3145             // no default action at the moment
3146         }
3147     }
3148
3149     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3150     //
3151     else if ( event.Moving() )
3152     {
3153         m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y );
3154         if ( m_dragRowOrCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3155         {
3156             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3157             {
3158                 if ( CanDragRowSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3159                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3160             }
3161         }
3162         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3163         {
3164             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, false);
3165         }
3166     }
3167 }
3168
3169 void wxGrid::UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(int col)
3170 {
3171     wxCHECK_RET( col != wxNOT_FOUND, "invalid column index" );
3172
3173     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
3174         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
3175     else if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
3176         m_colWindow->Refresh();
3177     //else: sorting indicator display not yet implemented in grid version
3178 }
3179
3180 void wxGrid::SetSortingColumn(int col, bool ascending)
3181 {
3182     if ( col == m_sortCol )
3183     {
3184         // we are already using this column for sorting (or not sorting at all)
3185         // but we might still change the sorting order, check for it
3186         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND && ascending != m_sortIsAscending )
3187         {
3188             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3189
3190             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3191         }
3192     }
3193     else // we're changing the column used for sorting
3194     {
3195         const int sortColOld = m_sortCol;
3196
3197         // change it before updating the column as we want GetSortingColumn()
3198         // to return the correct new value
3199         m_sortCol = col;
3200
3201         if ( sortColOld != wxNOT_FOUND )
3202             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(sortColOld);
3203
3204         if ( m_sortCol != wxNOT_FOUND )
3205         {
3206             m_sortIsAscending = ascending;
3207             UpdateColumnSortingIndicator(m_sortCol);
3208         }
3209     }
3210 }
3211
3212 void wxGrid::DoColHeaderClick(int col)
3213 {
3214     // we consider that the grid was resorted if this event is processed and
3215     // not vetoed
3216     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SORT, -1, col) == 1 )
3217     {
3218         SetSortingColumn(col, IsSortingBy(col) ? !m_sortIsAscending : true);
3219         Refresh();
3220     }
3221 }
3222
3223 void wxGrid::DoStartResizeCol(int col)
3224 {
3225     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
3226     m_dragLastPos = -1;
3227     DoUpdateResizeColWidth(GetColWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3228 }
3229
3230 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeCol(int x)
3231 {
3232     int cw, ch, dummy, top;
3233     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3234     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top );
3235
3236     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
3237     PrepareDC( dc );
3238
3239     x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol));
3240     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3241     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3242     {
3243         dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top + ch );
3244     }
3245     dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top + ch );
3246     m_dragLastPos = x;
3247 }
3248
3249 void wxGrid::DoUpdateResizeColWidth(int w)
3250 {
3251     DoUpdateResizeCol(GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + w);
3252 }
3253
3254 void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3255 {
3256     int x, y;
3257     wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() );
3258     CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y );
3259
3260     int col = XToCol(x);
3261     if ( event.Dragging() )
3262     {
3263         if (!m_isDragging)
3264         {
3265             m_isDragging = true;
3266             GetColLabelWindow()->CaptureMouse();
3267
3268             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL && col != -1 )
3269                 DoStartMoveCol(col);
3270         }
3271
3272         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
3273         {
3274             switch ( m_cursorMode )
3275             {
3276                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3277                 DoUpdateResizeCol(x);
3278                 break;
3279
3280                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3281                 {
3282                     if ( col != -1 )
3283                     {
3284                         if ( m_selection )
3285                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3286                     }
3287                 }
3288                 break;
3289
3290                 case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3291                 {
3292                     int posNew = XToPos(x);
3293                     int colNew = GetColAt(posNew);
3294
3295                     // determine the position of the drop marker
3296                     int markerX;
3297                     if ( x >= GetColLeft(colNew) + (GetColWidth(colNew) / 2) )
3298                         markerX = GetColRight(colNew);
3299                     else
3300                         markerX = GetColLeft(colNew);
3301
3302                     if ( markerX != m_dragLastPos )
3303                     {
3304                         wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3305                         DoPrepareDC(dc);
3306
3307                         int cw, ch;
3308                         GetColLabelWindow()->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
3309
3310                         markerX++;
3311
3312                         //Clean up the last indicator
3313                         if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3314                         {
3315                             wxPen pen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 2 );
3316                             dc.SetPen(pen);
3317                             dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos + 1, 0, m_dragLastPos + 1, ch );
3318                             dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3319
3320                             if ( XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) != -1 )
3321                                 DrawColLabel( dc, XToCol( m_dragLastPos ) );
3322                         }
3323
3324                         const wxColour *color;
3325                         //Moving to the same place? Don't draw a marker
3326                         if ( colNew == m_dragRowOrCol )
3327                             color = wxLIGHT_GREY;
3328                         else
3329                             color = wxBLUE;
3330
3331                         //Draw the marker
3332                         wxPen pen( *color, 2 );
3333                         dc.SetPen(pen);
3334
3335                         dc.DrawLine( markerX, 0, markerX, ch );
3336
3337                         dc.SetPen(wxNullPen);
3338
3339                         m_dragLastPos = markerX - 1;
3340                     }
3341                 }
3342                 break;
3343
3344                 // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value
3345                 // 'xxx' not handled in switch
3346                 default:
3347                     break;
3348             }
3349         }
3350         return;
3351     }
3352
3353     if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) )
3354         return;
3355
3356     if (m_isDragging)
3357     {
3358         if (GetColLabelWindow()->HasCapture())
3359             GetColLabelWindow()->ReleaseMouse();
3360         m_isDragging = false;
3361     }
3362
3363     // ------------ Entering or leaving the window
3364     //
3365     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3366     {
3367         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3368     }
3369
3370     // ------------ Left button pressed
3371     //
3372     else if ( event.LeftDown() )
3373     {
3374         int col = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3375         if ( col != wxNOT_FOUND && CanDragColSize(col) )
3376         {
3377             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3378         }
3379         else // not a request to start resizing
3380         {
3381             col = XToCol(x);
3382             if ( col >= 0 &&
3383                  !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3384             {
3385                 if ( m_canDragColMove )
3386                 {
3387                     //Show button as pressed
3388                     wxClientDC dc( GetColLabelWindow() );
3389                     int colLeft = GetColLeft( col );
3390                     int colRight = GetColRight( col ) - 1;
3391                     dc.SetPen( wxPen( GetColLabelWindow()->GetBackgroundColour(), 1 ) );
3392                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 );
3393                     dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 1, colRight, 1 );
3394
3395                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3396                 }
3397                 else
3398                 {
3399                     if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.CmdDown() )
3400                         ClearSelection();
3401                     if ( m_selection )
3402                     {
3403                         if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3404                         {
3405                             m_selection->SelectBlock
3406                                          (
3407                                             0, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(),
3408                                             GetNumberRows() - 1, col,
3409                                             event
3410                                          );
3411                         }
3412                         else
3413                         {
3414                             m_selection->SelectCol(col, event);
3415                         }
3416                     }
3417
3418                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, GetColLabelWindow());
3419                 }
3420             }
3421         }
3422     }
3423
3424     // ------------ Left double click
3425     //
3426     if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3427     {
3428         const int colEdge = XToEdgeOfCol(x);
3429         if ( colEdge == -1 )
3430         {
3431             if ( col >= 0 &&
3432                  ! SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3433             {
3434                 // no default action at the moment
3435             }
3436         }
3437         else
3438         {
3439             // adjust column width depending on label text
3440             //
3441             // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
3442             AutoSizeColLabelSize( colEdge );
3443
3444             SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, colEdge, event);
3445
3446             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3447             m_dragLastPos = -1;
3448         }
3449     }
3450
3451     // ------------ Left button released
3452     //
3453     else if ( event.LeftUp() )
3454     {
3455         switch ( m_cursorMode )
3456         {
3457             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3458                 DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3459                 break;
3460
3461             case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3462                 if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 || col == m_dragRowOrCol )
3463                 {
3464                     // the column didn't actually move anywhere
3465                     if ( col != -1 )
3466                         DoColHeaderClick(col);
3467                     m_colWindow->Refresh();   // "unpress" the column
3468                 }
3469                 else
3470                 {
3471                     // get the position of the column we're over
3472                     int pos = XToPos(x);
3473
3474                     // we may need to adjust the drop position but don't bother
3475                     // checking for it if we can't anyhow
3476                     if ( pos > 1 )
3477                     {
3478                         // also find the index of the column we're over: notice
3479                         // that the existing "col" variable may be invalid but
3480                         // we need a valid one here
3481                         const int colValid = GetColAt(pos);
3482
3483                         // if we're on the "near" (usually left but right in
3484                         // RTL case) part of the column, the actual position we
3485                         // should be placed in is actually the one before it
3486                         bool onNearPart;
3487                         const int middle = GetColLeft(colValid) +
3488                                                 GetColWidth(colValid)/2;
3489                         if ( GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_LeftToRight )
3490                             onNearPart = (x <= middle);
3491                         else // wxLayout_RightToLeft
3492                             onNearPart = (x > middle);
3493
3494                         if ( onNearPart )
3495                             pos--;
3496                     }
3497
3498                     DoEndMoveCol(pos);
3499                 }
3500                 break;
3501
3502             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL:
3503             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3504             case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3505             case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW:
3506                 if ( col != -1 )
3507                     DoColHeaderClick(col);
3508                 break;
3509         }
3510
3511         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow());
3512         m_dragLastPos = -1;
3513     }
3514
3515     // ------------ Right button down
3516     //
3517     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3518     {
3519         if ( col >= 0 &&
3520              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3521         {
3522             // no default action at the moment
3523         }
3524     }
3525
3526     // ------------ Right double click
3527     //
3528     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3529     {
3530         if ( col >= 0 &&
3531              !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) )
3532         {
3533             // no default action at the moment
3534         }
3535     }
3536
3537     // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving
3538     //
3539     else if ( event.Moving() )
3540     {
3541         m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x );
3542         if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 )
3543         {
3544             if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3545             {
3546                 if ( CanDragColSize(m_dragRowOrCol) )
3547                     ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3548             }
3549         }
3550         else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3551         {
3552             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, GetColLabelWindow(), false);
3553         }
3554     }
3555 }
3556
3557 void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event )
3558 {
3559     if ( event.LeftDown() )
3560     {
3561         // indicate corner label by having both row and
3562         // col args == -1
3563         //
3564         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3565         {
3566             SelectAll();
3567         }
3568     }
3569     else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
3570     {
3571         SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event );
3572     }
3573     else if ( event.RightDown() )
3574     {
3575         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3576         {
3577             // no default action at the moment
3578         }
3579     }
3580     else if ( event.RightDClick() )
3581     {
3582         if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) )
3583         {
3584             // no default action at the moment
3585         }
3586     }
3587 }
3588
3589 void wxGrid::CancelMouseCapture()
3590 {
3591     // cancel operation currently in progress, whatever it is
3592     if ( m_winCapture )
3593     {
3594         m_isDragging = false;
3595         m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
3596
3597         m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL;
3598         m_winCapture->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3599         m_winCapture = NULL;
3600
3601         // remove traces of whatever we drew on screen
3602         Refresh();
3603     }
3604 }
3605
3606 void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode,
3607                               wxWindow *win,
3608                               bool captureMouse)
3609 {
3610 #if wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3611     static const wxChar *const cursorModes[] =
3612     {
3613         wxT("SELECT_CELL"),
3614         wxT("RESIZE_ROW"),
3615         wxT("RESIZE_COL"),
3616         wxT("SELECT_ROW"),
3617         wxT("SELECT_COL"),
3618         wxT("MOVE_COL"),
3619     };
3620
3621     wxLogTrace(wxT("grid"),
3622                wxT("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"),
3623                win == m_colWindow ? wxT("colLabelWin")
3624                                   : win ? wxT("rowLabelWin")
3625                                         : wxT("gridWin"),
3626                cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]);
3627 #endif // wxUSE_LOG_TRACE
3628
3629     if ( mode == m_cursorMode &&
3630          win == m_winCapture &&
3631          captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL))
3632         return;
3633
3634     if ( !win )
3635     {
3636         // by default use the grid itself
3637         win = m_gridWin;
3638     }
3639
3640     if ( m_winCapture )
3641     {
3642         m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3643         m_winCapture = NULL;
3644     }
3645
3646     m_cursorMode = mode;
3647
3648     switch ( m_cursorMode )
3649     {
3650         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3651             win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor );
3652             break;
3653
3654         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3655             win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor );
3656             break;
3657
3658         case WXGRID_CURSOR_MOVE_COL:
3659             win->SetCursor( wxCursor(wxCURSOR_HAND) );
3660             break;
3661
3662         default:
3663             win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR );
3664             break;
3665     }
3666
3667     // we need to capture mouse when resizing
3668     bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ||
3669                   m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL;
3670
3671     if ( captureMouse && resize )
3672     {
3673         win->CaptureMouse();
3674         m_winCapture = win;
3675     }
3676 }
3677
3678 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3679 // grid mouse event processing
3680 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
3681
3682 void
3683 wxGrid::DoGridCellDrag(wxMouseEvent& event,
3684                        const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3685                        bool isFirstDrag)
3686 {
3687     if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
3688         return; // we're outside any valid cell
3689
3690     // Hide the edit control, so it won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
3691     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
3692     {
3693         HideCellEditControl();
3694         SaveEditControlValue();
3695     }
3696
3697     switch ( event.GetModifiers() )
3698     {
3699         case wxMOD_CMD:
3700             if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3701                 m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3702             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_selectedBlockCorner, coords);
3703             break;
3704
3705         case wxMOD_NONE:
3706             if ( CanDragCell() )
3707             {
3708                 if ( isFirstDrag )
3709                 {
3710                     if ( m_selectedBlockCorner == wxGridNoCellCoords)
3711                         m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3712
3713                     SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_BEGIN_DRAG, coords, event);
3714                     return;
3715                 }
3716             }
3717
3718             UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
3719             break;
3720
3721         default:
3722             // we don't handle the other key modifiers
3723             event.Skip();
3724     }
3725 }
3726
3727 void wxGrid::DoGridLineDrag(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridOperations& oper)
3728 {
3729     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
3730     PrepareDC(dc);
3731     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
3732
3733     const wxRect rectWin(CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0)),
3734                          m_gridWin->GetClientSize());
3735
3736     // erase the previously drawn line, if any
3737     if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 )
3738         oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
3739
3740     // we need the vertical position for rows and horizontal for columns here
3741     m_dragLastPos = oper.Dual().Select(CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition()));
3742
3743     // don't allow resizing beneath the minimal size
3744     const int posMin = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol) +
3745                         oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
3746     if ( m_dragLastPos < posMin )
3747         m_dragLastPos = posMin;
3748
3749     // and draw it at the new position
3750     oper.DrawParallelLineInRect(dc, rectWin, m_dragLastPos);
3751 }
3752
3753 void wxGrid::DoGridDragEvent(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
3754 {
3755     if ( !m_isDragging )
3756     {
3757         // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been dragged far
3758         // enough
3759         const wxPoint& pt = event.GetPosition();
3760         if ( m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition )
3761         {
3762             m_startDragPos = pt;
3763             return;
3764         }
3765
3766         if ( abs(m_startDragPos.x - pt.x) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY &&
3767                 abs(m_startDragPos.y - pt.y) <= DRAG_SENSITIVITY )
3768             return;
3769     }
3770
3771     const bool isFirstDrag = !m_isDragging;
3772     m_isDragging = true;
3773
3774     switch ( m_cursorMode )
3775     {
3776         case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL:
3777             DoGridCellDrag(event, coords, isFirstDrag);
3778             break;
3779
3780         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW:
3781             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridRowOperations());
3782             break;
3783
3784         case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL:
3785             DoGridLineDrag(event, wxGridColumnOperations());
3786             break;
3787
3788         default:
3789             event.Skip();
3790     }
3791
3792     if ( isFirstDrag )
3793     {
3794         wxASSERT_MSG( !m_winCapture, "shouldn't capture the mouse twice" );
3795
3796         m_winCapture = m_gridWin;
3797         m_winCapture->CaptureMouse();
3798     }
3799 }
3800
3801 void
3802 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDown(wxMouseEvent& event,
3803                            const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3804                            const wxPoint& pos)
3805 {
3806     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, coords, event) )
3807     {
3808         // event handled by user code, no need to do anything here
3809         return;
3810     }
3811
3812     if ( !event.CmdDown() )
3813         ClearSelection();
3814
3815     if ( event.ShiftDown() )
3816     {
3817         if ( m_selection )
3818         {
3819             m_selection->SelectBlock(m_currentCellCoords, coords, event);
3820             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3821         }
3822     }
3823     else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
3824     {
3825         DisableCellEditControl();
3826         MakeCellVisible( coords );
3827
3828         if ( event.CmdDown() )
3829         {
3830             if ( m_selection )
3831             {
3832                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(coords, event);
3833             }
3834
3835             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3836             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3837             m_selectedBlockCorner = coords;
3838         }
3839         else
3840         {
3841             if ( m_selection )
3842             {
3843                 // In row or column selection mode just clicking on the cell
3844                 // should select the row or column containing it: this is more
3845                 // convenient for the kinds of controls that use such selection
3846                 // mode and is compatible with 2.8 behaviour (see #12062).
3847                 switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
3848                 {
3849                     case wxGridSelectCells:
3850                     case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
3851                         // nothing to do in these cases
3852                         break;
3853
3854                     case wxGridSelectRows:
3855                         m_selection->SelectRow(coords.GetRow());
3856                         break;
3857
3858                     case wxGridSelectColumns:
3859                         m_selection->SelectCol(coords.GetCol());
3860                         break;
3861                 }
3862             }
3863
3864             m_waitForSlowClick = m_currentCellCoords == coords &&
3865                                         coords != wxGridNoCellCoords;
3866             SetCurrentCell( coords );
3867         }
3868     }
3869 }
3870
3871 void
3872 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftDClick(wxMouseEvent& event,
3873                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3874                              const wxPoint& pos)
3875 {
3876     if ( XToEdgeOfCol(pos.x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(pos.y) < 0 )
3877     {
3878         if ( !SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, coords, event) )
3879         {
3880             // we want double click to select a cell and start editing
3881             // (i.e. to behave in same way as sequence of two slow clicks):
3882             m_waitForSlowClick = true;
3883         }
3884     }
3885 }
3886
3887 void
3888 wxGrid::DoGridCellLeftUp(wxMouseEvent& event, const wxGridCellCoords& coords)
3889 {
3890     if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3891     {
3892         if (m_winCapture)
3893         {
3894             m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse();
3895             m_winCapture = NULL;
3896         }
3897
3898         if ( coords == m_currentCellCoords && m_waitForSlowClick && CanEnableCellControl() )
3899         {
3900             ClearSelection();
3901             EnableCellEditControl();
3902
3903             wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(coords);
3904             wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol());
3905             editor->StartingClick();
3906             editor->DecRef();
3907             attr->DecRef();
3908
3909             m_waitForSlowClick = false;
3910         }
3911         else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
3912              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
3913         {
3914             if ( m_selection )
3915             {
3916                 m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
3917                                           m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
3918                                           event );
3919             }
3920
3921             m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3922             m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
3923
3924             // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for
3925             // drag-shrinking.
3926             ShowCellEditControl();
3927         }
3928     }
3929     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW )
3930     {
3931         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
3932         DoEndDragResizeRow(event);
3933     }
3934     else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL )
3935     {
3936         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
3937         DoEndDragResizeCol(event);
3938     }
3939
3940     m_dragLastPos = -1;
3941 }
3942
3943 void
3944 wxGrid::DoGridMouseMoveEvent(wxMouseEvent& WXUNUSED(event),
3945                              const wxGridCellCoords& coords,
3946                              const wxPoint& pos)
3947 {
3948     if ( coords.GetRow() < 0 || coords.GetCol() < 0 )
3949     {
3950         // out of grid cell area
3951         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
3952         return;
3953     }
3954
3955     int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( pos.y );
3956     int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( pos.x );
3957
3958     // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both
3959     // directions is not implemented yet...
3960     //
3961     if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 )
3962     {
3963         ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
3964         return;
3965     }
3966
3967     if ( dragRow >= 0 && CanDragGridSize() && CanDragRowSize(dragRow) )
3968     {
3969         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3970         {
3971             m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow;
3972             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, NULL, false);
3973         }
3974     }
3975     // When using the native header window we can only resize the columns by
3976     // dragging the dividers in it because we can't make it enter into the
3977     // column resizing mode programmatically
3978     else if ( dragCol >= 0 && !m_useNativeHeader &&
3979                 CanDragGridSize() && CanDragColSize(dragCol) )
3980     {
3981         if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3982         {
3983             m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol;
3984             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, NULL, false);
3985         }
3986     }
3987     else // Neither on a row or col edge
3988     {
3989         if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL )
3990         {
3991             ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL);
3992         }
3993     }
3994 }
3995
3996 void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event)
3997 {
3998     if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() )
3999     {
4000         // we don't care about these events but we must not reset m_isDragging
4001         // if they happen so return before anything else is done
4002         event.Skip();
4003         return;
4004     }
4005
4006     const wxPoint pos = CalcUnscrolledPosition(event.GetPosition());
4007
4008     // coordinates of the cell under mouse
4009     wxGridCellCoords coords = XYToCell(pos);
4010
4011     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
4012     GetCellSize( coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol(), &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
4013     if ( (cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0) )
4014     {
4015         coords.SetRow(coords.GetRow() + cell_rows);
4016         coords.SetCol(coords.GetCol() + cell_cols);
4017     }
4018
4019     if ( event.Dragging() )
4020     {
4021         if ( event.LeftIsDown() )
4022             DoGridDragEvent(event, coords);
4023         else
4024             event.Skip();
4025         return;
4026     }
4027
4028     m_isDragging = false;
4029     m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition;
4030
4031     // deal with various button presses
4032     if ( event.IsButton() )
4033     {
4034         if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4035         {
4036             DisableCellEditControl();
4037
4038             if ( event.LeftDown() )
4039                 DoGridCellLeftDown(event, coords, pos);
4040             else if ( event.LeftDClick() )
4041                 DoGridCellLeftDClick(event, coords, pos);
4042             else if ( event.RightDown() )
4043                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, coords, event);
4044             else if ( event.RightDClick() )
4045                 SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, coords, event);
4046         }
4047
4048         // this one should be called even if we're not over any cell
4049         if ( event.LeftUp() )
4050         {
4051             DoGridCellLeftUp(event, coords);
4052         }
4053     }
4054     else if ( event.Moving() )
4055     {
4056         DoGridMouseMoveEvent(event, coords, pos);
4057     }
4058     else // unknown mouse event?
4059     {
4060         event.Skip();
4061     }
4062 }
4063
4064 // this function returns true only if the size really changed
4065 bool wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeLine(const wxGridOperations& oper)
4066 {
4067     if ( m_dragLastPos == -1 )
4068         return false;
4069
4070     const wxGridOperations& doper = oper.Dual();
4071
4072     const wxSize size = m_gridWin->GetClientSize();
4073
4074     const wxPoint ptOrigin = CalcUnscrolledPosition(wxPoint(0, 0));
4075
4076     // erase the last line we drew
4077     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
4078     PrepareDC(dc);
4079     dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT);
4080
4081     const int posLineStart = oper.Select(ptOrigin);
4082     const int posLineEnd = oper.Select(ptOrigin) + oper.Select(size);
4083
4084     oper.DrawParallelLine(dc, posLineStart, posLineEnd, m_dragLastPos);
4085
4086     // temporarily hide the edit control before resizing
4087     HideCellEditControl();
4088     SaveEditControlValue();
4089
4090     // do resize the line
4091     const int lineStart = oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4092     const int lineSizeOld = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol);
4093     oper.SetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol,
4094                      wxMax(m_dragLastPos - lineStart,
4095                            oper.GetMinimalLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol)));
4096     const bool
4097         sizeChanged = oper.GetLineSize(this, m_dragRowOrCol) != lineSizeOld;
4098
4099     m_dragLastPos = -1;
4100
4101     // refresh now if we're not frozen
4102     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
4103     {
4104         // we need to refresh everything beyond the resized line in the header
4105         // window
4106
4107         // get the position from which to refresh in the other direction
4108         wxRect rect(CellToRect(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, 0)));
4109         rect.SetPosition(CalcScrolledPosition(rect.GetPosition()));
4110
4111         // we only need the ordinate (for rows) or abscissa (for columns) here,
4112         // and need to cover the entire window in the other direction
4113         oper.Select(rect) = 0;
4114
4115         wxRect rectHeader(rect.GetPosition(),
4116                           oper.MakeSize
4117                                (
4118                                     oper.GetHeaderWindowSize(this),
4119                                     doper.Select(size) - doper.Select(rect)
4120                                ));
4121
4122         oper.GetHeaderWindow(this)->Refresh(true, &rectHeader);
4123
4124
4125         // also refresh the grid window: extend the rectangle
4126         if ( m_table )
4127         {
4128             oper.SelectSize(rect) = oper.Select(size);
4129
4130             int subtractLines = 0;
4131             const int lineStart = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineStart);
4132             if ( lineStart >= 0 )
4133             {
4134                 // ensure that if we have a multi-cell block we redraw all of
4135                 // it by increasing the refresh area to cover it entirely if a
4136                 // part of it is affected
4137                 const int lineEnd = oper.PosToLine(this, posLineEnd, true);
4138                 for ( int line = lineStart; line < lineEnd; line++ )
4139                 {
4140                     int cellLines = oper.Select(
4141                         GetCellSize(oper.MakeCoords(m_dragRowOrCol, line)));
4142                     if ( cellLines < subtractLines )
4143                         subtractLines = cellLines;
4144                 }
4145             }
4146
4147             int startPos =
4148                 oper.GetLineStartPos(this, m_dragRowOrCol + subtractLines);
4149             startPos = doper.CalcScrolledPosition(this, startPos);
4150
4151             doper.Select(rect) = startPos;
4152             doper.SelectSize(rect) = doper.Select(size) - startPos;
4153
4154             m_gridWin->Refresh(false, &rect);
4155         }
4156     }
4157
4158     // show the edit control back again
4159     ShowCellEditControl();
4160
4161     return sizeChanged;
4162 }
4163
4164 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4165 {
4166     // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4167
4168     if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridRowOperations()) )
4169         SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event);
4170 }
4171
4172 void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol(const wxMouseEvent& event)
4173 {
4174     // TODO: generate RESIZING event, see #10754
4175
4176     if ( DoEndDragResizeLine(wxGridColumnOperations()) )
4177         SendGridSizeEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event);
4178 }
4179
4180 void wxGrid::DoStartMoveCol(int col)
4181 {
4182     m_dragRowOrCol = col;
4183 }
4184
4185 void wxGrid::DoEndMoveCol(int pos)
4186 {
4187     wxASSERT_MSG( m_dragRowOrCol != -1, "no matching DoStartMoveCol?" );
4188
4189     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_COL_MOVE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol) != -1 )
4190         SetColPos(m_dragRowOrCol, pos);
4191     //else: vetoed by user
4192
4193     m_dragRowOrCol = -1;
4194 }
4195
4196 void wxGrid::RefreshAfterColPosChange()
4197 {
4198     // recalculate the column rights as the column positions have changed,
4199     // unless we calculate them dynamically because all columns widths are the
4200     // same and it's easy to do
4201     if ( !m_colWidths.empty() )
4202     {
4203         int colRight = 0;
4204         for ( int colPos = 0; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
4205         {
4206             int colID = GetColAt( colPos );
4207
4208             colRight += m_colWidths[colID];
4209             m_colRights[colID] = colRight;
4210         }
4211     }
4212
4213     // and make the changes visible
4214     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4215     {
4216         if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4217             GetGridColHeader()->ResetColumnsOrder();
4218         else
4219             GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnsOrder(m_colAt);
4220     }
4221     else
4222     {
4223         m_colWindow->Refresh();
4224     }
4225     m_gridWin->Refresh();
4226 }
4227
4228 void wxGrid::SetColumnsOrder(const wxArrayInt& order)
4229 {
4230     m_colAt = order;
4231
4232     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4233 }
4234
4235 void wxGrid::SetColPos(int idx, int pos)
4236 {
4237     // we're going to need m_colAt now, initialize it if needed
4238     if ( m_colAt.empty() )
4239     {
4240         m_colAt.reserve(m_numCols);
4241         for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ )
4242             m_colAt.push_back(i);
4243     }
4244
4245     wxHeaderCtrl::MoveColumnInOrderArray(m_colAt, idx, pos);
4246
4247     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4248 }
4249
4250 void wxGrid::ResetColPos()
4251 {
4252     m_colAt.clear();
4253
4254     RefreshAfterColPosChange();
4255 }
4256
4257 void wxGrid::EnableDragColMove( bool enable )
4258 {
4259     if ( m_canDragColMove == enable )
4260         return;
4261
4262     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
4263     {
4264         // update all columns to make them [not] reorderable
4265         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
4266     }
4267
4268     m_canDragColMove = enable;
4269
4270     // we use to call ResetColPos() from here if !enable but this doesn't seem
4271     // right as it would mean there would be no way to "freeze" the current
4272     // columns order by disabling moving them after putting them in the desired
4273     // order, whereas now you can always call ResetColPos() manually if needed
4274 }
4275
4276
4277 //
4278 // ------ interaction with data model
4279 //
4280 bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg )
4281 {
4282     switch ( msg.GetId() )
4283     {
4284         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES:
4285             return GetModelValues();
4286
4287         case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES:
4288             return SetModelValues();
4289
4290         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED:
4291         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED:
4292         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED:
4293         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED:
4294         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED:
4295         case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED:
4296             return Redimension( msg );
4297
4298         default:
4299             return false;
4300     }
4301 }
4302
4303 // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class
4304 // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the
4305 // behaviour is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but
4306 // not to change the number of rows or cols.
4307 //
4308 void wxGrid::ClearGrid()
4309 {
4310     if ( m_table )
4311     {
4312         if (IsCellEditControlEnabled())
4313             DisableCellEditControl();
4314
4315         m_table->Clear();
4316         if (!GetBatchCount())
4317             m_gridWin->Refresh();
4318     }
4319 }
4320
4321 bool
4322 wxGrid::DoModifyLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcModify)(size_t, size_t),
4323                       int pos, int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) )
4324 {
4325     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4326
4327     if ( !m_table )
4328         return false;
4329
4330     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
4331         DisableCellEditControl();
4332
4333     return (m_table->*funcModify)(pos, num);
4334
4335     // the table will have sent the results of the insert row
4336     // operation to this view object as a grid table message
4337 }
4338
4339 bool
4340 wxGrid::DoAppendLines(bool (wxGridTableBase::*funcAppend)(size_t),
4341                       int num, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels))
4342 {
4343     wxCHECK_MSG( m_created, false, "must finish creating the grid first" );
4344
4345     if ( !m_table )
4346         return false;
4347
4348     return (m_table->*funcAppend)(num);
4349 }
4350
4351 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4352 // event generation helpers
4353 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
4354
4355 void
4356 wxGrid::SendGridSizeEvent(wxEventType type,
4357                       int row, int col,
4358                       const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4359 {
4360    int rowOrCol = row == -1 ? col : row;
4361
4362    wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4363            type,
4364            this,
4365            rowOrCol,
4366            mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4367            mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4368            mouseEv);
4369
4370    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4371 }
4372
4373 // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and return:
4374 //  -1 if the event was vetoed
4375 //  +1 if the event was processed (but not vetoed)
4376 //   0 if the event wasn't handled
4377 int
4378 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type,
4379                   int row, int col,
4380                   const wxMouseEvent& mouseEv)
4381 {
4382    bool claimed, vetoed;
4383
4384    if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT )
4385    {
4386        // Right now, it should _never_ end up here!
4387        wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4388                type,
4389                this,
4390                m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4391                m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4392                true,
4393                mouseEv);
4394
4395        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4396        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4397    }
4398    else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK ||
4399              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK ||
4400              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK ||
4401              type == wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK )
4402    {
4403        wxPoint pos = mouseEv.GetPosition();
4404
4405        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridRowLabelWindow() )
4406            pos.y += GetColLabelSize();
4407        if ( mouseEv.GetEventObject() == GetGridColLabelWindow() )
4408            pos.x += GetRowLabelSize();
4409
4410        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4411                type,
4412                this,
4413                row, col,
4414                pos.x,
4415                pos.y,
4416                false,
4417                mouseEv);
4418        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4419        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4420    }
4421    else
4422    {
4423        wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(),
4424                type,
4425                this,
4426                row, col,
4427                mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(),
4428                mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(),
4429                false,
4430                mouseEv);
4431        claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4432        vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed();
4433    }
4434
4435    // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4436    if (vetoed)
4437        return -1;
4438
4439    return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4440 }
4441
4442 // Generate a grid event of specified type, return value same as above
4443 //
4444 int
4445 wxGrid::SendEvent(const wxEventType type, int row, int col, const wxString& s)
4446 {
4447     wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), type, this, row, col );
4448     gridEvt.SetString(s);
4449
4450     const bool claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt);
4451
4452     // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first
4453     if ( !gridEvt.IsAllowed() )
4454         return -1;
4455
4456     return claimed ? 1 : 0;
4457 }
4458
4459 void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) )
4460 {
4461     // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW
4462     wxPaintDC dc(this);
4463 }
4464
4465 void wxGrid::Refresh(bool eraseb, const wxRect* rect)
4466 {
4467     // Don't do anything if between Begin/EndBatch...
4468     // EndBatch() will do all this on the last nested one anyway.
4469     if ( m_created && !GetBatchCount() )
4470     {
4471         // Refresh to get correct scrolled position:
4472         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh(eraseb, rect);
4473
4474         if (rect)
4475         {
4476             int rect_x, rect_y, rectWidth, rectHeight;
4477             int width_label, width_cell, height_label, height_cell;
4478             int x, y;
4479
4480             // Copy rectangle can get scroll offsets..
4481             rect_x = rect->GetX();
4482             rect_y = rect->GetY();
4483             rectWidth = rect->GetWidth();
4484             rectHeight = rect->GetHeight();
4485
4486             width_label = m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x;
4487             if (width_label > rectWidth)
4488                 width_label = rectWidth;
4489
4490             height_label = m_colLabelHeight - rect_y;
4491             if (height_label > rectHeight)
4492                 height_label = rectHeight;
4493
4494             if (rect_x > m_rowLabelWidth)
4495             {
4496                 x = rect_x - m_rowLabelWidth;
4497                 width_cell = rectWidth;
4498             }
4499             else
4500             {
4501                 x = 0;
4502                 width_cell = rectWidth - (m_rowLabelWidth - rect_x);
4503             }
4504
4505             if (rect_y > m_colLabelHeight)
4506             {
4507                 y = rect_y - m_colLabelHeight;
4508                 height_cell = rectHeight;
4509             }
4510             else
4511             {
4512                 y = 0;
4513                 height_cell = rectHeight - (m_colLabelHeight - rect_y);
4514             }
4515
4516             // Paint corner label part intersecting rect.
4517             if ( width_label > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4518             {
4519                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, rect_y, width_label, height_label);
4520                 m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4521             }
4522
4523             // Paint col labels part intersecting rect.
4524             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_label > 0 )
4525             {
4526                 wxRect anotherrect(x, rect_y, width_cell, height_label);
4527                 m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4528             }
4529
4530             // Paint row labels part intersecting rect.
4531             if ( width_label > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4532             {
4533                 wxRect anotherrect(rect_x, y, width_label, height_cell);
4534                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4535             }
4536
4537             // Paint cell area part intersecting rect.
4538             if ( width_cell > 0 && height_cell > 0 )
4539             {
4540                 wxRect anotherrect(x, y, width_cell, height_cell);
4541                 m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, &anotherrect);
4542             }
4543         }
4544         else
4545         {
4546             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4547             m_colWindow->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4548             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4549             m_gridWin->Refresh(eraseb, NULL);
4550         }
4551     }
4552 }
4553
4554 void wxGrid::OnSize(wxSizeEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
4555 {
4556     if (m_targetWindow != this) // check whether initialisation has been done
4557     {
4558         // reposition our children windows
4559         CalcWindowSizes();
4560     }
4561 }
4562
4563 void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event )
4564 {
4565     if ( m_inOnKeyDown )
4566     {
4567         // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles...
4568         //
4569         wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") );
4570     }
4571
4572     m_inOnKeyDown = true;
4573
4574     // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed
4575     wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
4576     wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event );
4577     keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent );
4578
4579     if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) )
4580     {
4581         if (GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft)
4582         {
4583             if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_RIGHT)
4584                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_LEFT;
4585             else if (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_LEFT)
4586                 event.m_keyCode = WXK_RIGHT;
4587         }
4588
4589         // try local handlers
4590         switch ( event.GetKeyCode() )
4591         {
4592             case WXK_UP:
4593                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4594                     MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4595                 else
4596                     MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() );
4597                 break;
4598
4599             case WXK_DOWN:
4600                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4601                     MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4602                 else
4603                     MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4604                 break;
4605
4606             case WXK_LEFT:
4607                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4608                     MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4609                 else
4610                     MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() );
4611                 break;
4612
4613             case WXK_RIGHT:
4614                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4615                     MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() );
4616                 else
4617                     MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() );
4618                 break;
4619
4620             case WXK_RETURN:
4621             case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER:
4622                 if ( event.ControlDown() )
4623                 {
4624                     event.Skip();  // to let the edit control have the return
4625                 }
4626                 else
4627                 {
4628                     if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 )
4629                     {
4630                         MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() );
4631                     }
4632                     else
4633                     {
4634                         // at the bottom of a column
4635                         DisableCellEditControl();
4636                     }
4637                 }
4638                 break;
4639
4640             case WXK_ESCAPE:
4641                 ClearSelection();
4642                 break;
4643
4644             case WXK_TAB:
4645                 if (event.ShiftDown())
4646                 {
4647                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 )
4648                     {
4649                         MoveCursorLeft( false );
4650                     }
4651                     else
4652                     {
4653                         // at left of grid
4654                         DisableCellEditControl();
4655                     }
4656                 }
4657                 else
4658                 {
4659                     if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols() - 1 )
4660                     {
4661                         MoveCursorRight( false );
4662                     }
4663                     else
4664                     {
4665                         // at right of grid
4666                         DisableCellEditControl();
4667                     }
4668                 }
4669                 break;
4670
4671             case WXK_HOME:
4672                 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? 0
4673                                              : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4674                          0);
4675                 break;
4676
4677             case WXK_END:
4678                 GoToCell(event.ControlDown() ? m_numRows - 1
4679                                              : m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(),
4680                          m_numCols - 1);
4681                 break;
4682
4683             case WXK_PAGEUP:
4684                 MovePageUp();
4685                 break;
4686
4687             case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
4688                 MovePageDown();
4689                 break;
4690
4691             case WXK_SPACE:
4692                 // Ctrl-Space selects the current column, Shift-Space -- the
4693                 // current row and Ctrl-Shift-Space -- everything
4694                 switch ( m_selection ? event.GetModifiers() : wxMOD_NONE )
4695                 {
4696                     case wxMOD_CONTROL:
4697                         m_selection->SelectCol(m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
4698                         break;
4699
4700                     case wxMOD_SHIFT:
4701                         m_selection->SelectRow(m_currentCellCoords.GetRow());
4702                         break;
4703
4704                     case wxMOD_CONTROL | wxMOD_SHIFT:
4705                         m_selection->SelectBlock(0, 0,
4706                                                  m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1);
4707                         break;
4708
4709                     case wxMOD_NONE:
4710                         if ( !IsEditable() )
4711                         {
4712                             MoveCursorRight(false);
4713                             break;
4714                         }
4715                         //else: fall through
4716
4717                     default:
4718                         event.Skip();
4719                 }
4720                 break;
4721
4722             default:
4723                 event.Skip();
4724                 break;
4725         }
4726     }
4727
4728     m_inOnKeyDown = false;
4729 }
4730
4731 void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event )
4732 {
4733     // try local handlers
4734     //
4735     if ( event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT )
4736     {
4737         if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
4738              m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4739         {
4740             if ( m_selection )
4741             {
4742                 m_selection->SelectBlock(
4743                     m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
4744                     m_selectedBlockBottomRight,
4745                     event);
4746             }
4747         }
4748
4749         m_selectedBlockTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4750         m_selectedBlockBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4751         m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
4752     }
4753 }
4754
4755 void wxGrid::OnChar( wxKeyEvent& event )
4756 {
4757     // is it possible to edit the current cell at all?
4758     if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() )
4759     {
4760         // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key
4761         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
4762         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
4763         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
4764         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
4765
4766         // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for
4767         // other keys - ask the editor itself
4768         if ( (event.GetKeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers())
4769              || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) )
4770         {
4771             // ensure cell is visble
4772             MakeCellVisible(row, col);
4773             EnableCellEditControl();
4774
4775             // a problem can arise if the cell is not completely
4776             // visible (even after calling MakeCellVisible the
4777             // control is not created and calling StartingKey will
4778             // crash the app
4779             if ( event.GetKeyCode() != WXK_F2 && editor->IsCreated() && m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
4780                 editor->StartingKey(event);
4781         }
4782         else
4783         {
4784             event.Skip();
4785         }
4786
4787         editor->DecRef();
4788         attr->DecRef();
4789     }
4790     else
4791     {
4792         event.Skip();
4793     }
4794 }
4795
4796 void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&)
4797 {
4798 }
4799
4800 bool wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
4801 {
4802     if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords) == -1 )
4803     {
4804         // the event has been vetoed - do nothing
4805         return false;
4806     }
4807
4808 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
4809     wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
4810     PrepareDC( dc );
4811 #endif
4812
4813     if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords )
4814     {
4815         DisableCellEditControl();
4816
4817         if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
4818         {
4819             wxRect r;
4820             r = BlockToDeviceRect( m_currentCellCoords, m_currentCellCoords );
4821             if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
4822             {
4823                 r.x--;
4824                 r.y--;
4825                 r.width++;
4826                 r.height++;
4827             }
4828
4829             wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r );
4830
4831             // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight!
4832             m_currentCellCoords = coords;
4833
4834 #if defined(__WXMAC__)
4835             m_gridWin->Refresh(true /*, & r */);
4836 #else
4837             DrawGridCellArea( dc, cells );
4838             DrawAllGridLines( dc, r );
4839 #endif
4840         }
4841     }
4842
4843     m_currentCellCoords = coords;
4844
4845     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr( coords );
4846 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
4847     DrawCellHighlight( dc, attr );
4848 #endif
4849     attr->DecRef();
4850
4851     return true;
4852 }
4853
4854 void
4855 wxGrid::UpdateBlockBeingSelected(int topRow, int leftCol,
4856                                  int bottomRow, int rightCol)
4857 {
4858     if ( m_selection )
4859     {
4860         switch ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() )
4861         {
4862             default:
4863                 wxFAIL_MSG( "unknown selection mode" );
4864                 // fall through
4865
4866             case wxGridSelectCells:
4867                 // arbitrary blocks selection allowed so just use the cell
4868                 // coordinates as is
4869                 break;
4870
4871             case wxGridSelectRows:
4872                 // only full rows selection allowd, ensure that we do select
4873                 // full rows
4874                 leftCol = 0;
4875                 rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1;
4876                 break;
4877
4878             case wxGridSelectColumns:
4879                 // same as above but for columns
4880                 topRow = 0;
4881                 bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1;
4882                 break;
4883
4884             case wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns:
4885                 // in this mode we can select only full rows or full columns so
4886                 // it doesn't make sense to select blocks at all (and we can't
4887                 // extend the block because there is no preferred direction, we
4888                 // could only extend it to cover the entire grid but this is
4889                 // not useful)
4890                 return;
4891         }
4892     }
4893
4894     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
4895     MakeCellVisible(m_selectedBlockCorner);
4896
4897     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(topRow, bottomRow);
4898     EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(leftCol, rightCol);
4899
4900     wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords(topRow, leftCol),
4901                      updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords(bottomRow, rightCol);
4902
4903     // First the case that we selected a completely new area
4904     if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft == wxGridNoCellCoords ||
4905          m_selectedBlockBottomRight == wxGridNoCellCoords )
4906     {
4907         wxRect rect;
4908         rect = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( topRow, leftCol ),
4909                                   wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow, rightCol ) );
4910         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
4911     }
4912
4913     // Now handle changing an existing selection area.
4914     else if ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != updateTopLeft ||
4915               m_selectedBlockBottomRight != updateBottomRight )
4916     {
4917         // Compute two optimal update rectangles:
4918         // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the
4919         // other, or they are (almost) disjoint!
4920         wxRect  rect[4];
4921         bool    need_refresh[4];
4922         need_refresh[0] =
4923         need_refresh[1] =
4924         need_refresh[2] =
4925         need_refresh[3] = false;
4926         int     i;
4927
4928         // Store intermediate values
4929         wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol();
4930         wxCoord oldTop = m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow();
4931         wxCoord oldRight = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol();
4932         wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow();
4933
4934         // Determine the outer/inner coordinates.
4935         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldLeft, leftCol);
4936         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(oldTop, topRow);
4937         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(rightCol, oldRight);
4938         EnsureFirstLessThanSecond(bottomRow, oldBottom);
4939
4940         // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer
4941         // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one
4942         // is contained in the other.
4943
4944         if ( oldLeft < leftCol )
4945         {
4946             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
4947             // area to the left of the old or new selection.
4948             need_refresh[0] = true;
4949             rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect(
4950                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop,  oldLeft ),
4951                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, leftCol - 1 ) );
4952         }
4953
4954         if ( oldTop < topRow )
4955         {
4956             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
4957             // area above the old or new selection.
4958             need_refresh[1] = true;
4959             rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect(
4960                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, leftCol ),
4961                 wxGridCellCoords( topRow - 1, rightCol ) );
4962         }
4963
4964         if ( oldRight > rightCol )
4965         {
4966             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
4967             // area to the right of the old or new selection.
4968             need_refresh[2] = true;
4969             rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect(
4970                 wxGridCellCoords( oldTop, rightCol + 1 ),
4971                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, oldRight ) );
4972         }
4973
4974         if ( oldBottom > bottomRow )
4975         {
4976             // Refresh the newly selected or deselected
4977             // area below the old or new selection.
4978             need_refresh[3] = true;
4979             rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect(
4980                 wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow + 1, leftCol ),
4981                 wxGridCellCoords( oldBottom, rightCol ) );
4982         }
4983
4984         // various Refresh() calls
4985         for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
4986             if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect )
4987                 m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &(rect[i]) );
4988     }
4989
4990     // change selection
4991     m_selectedBlockTopLeft = updateTopLeft;
4992     m_selectedBlockBottomRight = updateBottomRight;
4993 }
4994
4995 //
4996 // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions)
4997 //
4998
4999 bool wxGrid::GetModelValues()
5000 {
5001     // Hide the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5002     HideCellEditControl();
5003
5004     if ( m_table )
5005     {
5006         // all we need to do is repaint the grid
5007         //
5008         m_gridWin->Refresh();
5009         return true;
5010     }
5011
5012     return false;
5013 }
5014
5015 bool wxGrid::SetModelValues()
5016 {
5017     int row, col;
5018
5019     // Disable the editor, so it won't hide a changed value.
5020     // Do we also want to save the current value of the editor first?
5021     // I think so ...
5022     DisableCellEditControl();
5023
5024     if ( m_table )
5025     {
5026         for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
5027         {
5028             for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
5029             {
5030                 m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) );
5031             }
5032         }
5033
5034         return true;
5035     }
5036
5037     return false;
5038 }
5039
5040 // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of
5041 // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by
5042 // CalcExposedCells)
5043 //
5044 void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells )
5045 {
5046     if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols )
5047         return;
5048
5049     int i, numCells = cells.GetCount();
5050     int row, col, cell_rows, cell_cols;
5051     wxGridCellCoordsArray redrawCells;
5052
5053     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5054     {
5055         row = cells[i].GetRow();
5056         col = cells[i].GetCol();
5057         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5058
5059         // If this cell is part of a multicell block, find owner for repaint
5060         if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5061         {
5062             wxGridCellCoords cell( row + cell_rows, col + cell_cols );
5063             bool marked = false;
5064             for ( int j = 0; j < numCells; j++ )
5065             {
5066                 if ( cell == cells[j] )
5067                 {
5068                     marked = true;
5069                     break;
5070                 }
5071             }
5072
5073             if (!marked)
5074             {
5075                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5076                 for (int j = 0; j < count; j++)
5077                 {
5078                     if ( cell == redrawCells[j] )
5079                     {
5080                         marked = true;
5081                         break;
5082                     }
5083                 }
5084
5085                 if (!marked)
5086                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
5087             }
5088
5089             // don't bother drawing this cell
5090             continue;
5091         }
5092
5093         // If this cell is empty, find cell to left that might want to overflow
5094         if (m_table && m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col))
5095         {
5096             for ( int l = 0; l < cell_rows; l++ )
5097             {
5098                 // find a cell in this row to leave already marked for repaint
5099                 int left = col;
5100                 for (int k = 0; k < int(redrawCells.GetCount()); k++)
5101                     if ((redrawCells[k].GetCol() < left) &&
5102                         (redrawCells[k].GetRow() == row))
5103                     {
5104                         left = redrawCells[k].GetCol();
5105                     }
5106
5107                 if (left == col)
5108                     left = 0; // oh well
5109
5110                 for (int j = col - 1; j >= left; j--)
5111                 {
5112                     if (!m_table->IsEmptyCell(row + l, j))
5113                     {
5114                         if (GetCellOverflow(row + l, j))
5115                         {
5116                             wxGridCellCoords cell(row + l, j);
5117                             bool marked = false;
5118
5119                             for (int k = 0; k < numCells; k++)
5120                             {
5121                                 if ( cell == cells[k] )
5122                                 {
5123                                     marked = true;
5124                                     break;
5125                                 }
5126                             }
5127
5128                             if (!marked)
5129                             {
5130                                 int count = redrawCells.GetCount();
5131                                 for (int k = 0; k < count; k++)
5132                                 {
5133                                     if ( cell == redrawCells[k] )
5134                                     {
5135                                         marked = true;
5136                                         break;
5137                                     }
5138                                 }
5139                                 if (!marked)
5140                                     redrawCells.Add( cell );
5141                             }
5142                         }
5143                         break;
5144                     }
5145                 }
5146             }
5147         }
5148
5149         DrawCell( dc, cells[i] );
5150     }
5151
5152     numCells = redrawCells.GetCount();
5153
5154     for ( i = numCells - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
5155     {
5156         DrawCell( dc, redrawCells[i] );
5157     }
5158 }
5159
5160 void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc )
5161 {
5162   int cw, ch;
5163   m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
5164
5165   int right, bottom;
5166   CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5167
5168   int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(GetColAt( m_numCols - 1 )) : 0;
5169   int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0;
5170
5171   if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow )
5172   {
5173       int left, top;
5174       CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5175
5176       dc.SetBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour());
5177       dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN );
5178
5179       if ( right > rightCol )
5180       {
5181           dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch );
5182       }
5183
5184       if ( bottom > bottomRow )
5185       {
5186           dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow );
5187       }
5188   }
5189 }
5190
5191 void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5192 {
5193     int row = coords.GetRow();
5194     int col = coords.GetCol();
5195
5196     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5197         return;
5198
5199     // we draw the cell border ourselves
5200     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5201
5202     bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords;
5203
5204     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5205
5206     // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer
5207     // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden!
5208     if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() )
5209     {
5210         // NB: this "#if..." is temporary and fixes a problem where the
5211         // edit control is erased by this code after being rendered.
5212         // On wxMac (QD build only), the cell editor is a wxTextCntl and is rendered
5213         // implicitly, causing this out-of order render.
5214 #if !defined(__WXMAC__)
5215         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5216         editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr);
5217         editor->DecRef();
5218 #endif
5219     }
5220     else
5221     {
5222         // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be customized
5223         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
5224         renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords));
5225         renderer->DecRef();
5226     }
5227
5228     attr->DecRef();
5229 }
5230
5231 void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr )
5232 {
5233     // don't show highlight when the grid doesn't have focus
5234     if ( !HasFocus() )
5235         return;
5236
5237     int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5238     int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5239
5240     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5241         return;
5242
5243     wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
5244
5245     // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled?
5246     // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but
5247     // it doesn't look really good
5248
5249     int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth;
5250
5251     if (penWidth > 0)
5252     {
5253         // The center of the drawn line is where the position/width/height of
5254         // the rectangle is actually at (on wxMSW at least), so the
5255         // size of the rectangle is reduced to compensate for the thickness of
5256         // the line. If this is too strange on non-wxMSW platforms then
5257         // please #ifdef this appropriately.
5258         rect.x += penWidth / 2;
5259         rect.y += penWidth / 2;
5260         rect.width -= penWidth - 1;
5261         rect.height -= penWidth - 1;
5262
5263         // Now draw the rectangle
5264         // use the cellHighlightColour if the cell is inside a selection, this
5265         // will ensure the cell is always visible.
5266         dc.SetPen(wxPen(IsInSelection(row,col) ? m_selectionForeground
5267                                                : m_cellHighlightColour,
5268                         penWidth));
5269         dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH);
5270         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5271     }
5272 }
5273
5274 wxPen wxGrid::GetDefaultGridLinePen()
5275 {
5276     return wxPen(GetGridLineColour());
5277 }
5278
5279 wxPen wxGrid::GetRowGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(row))
5280 {
5281     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5282 }
5283
5284 wxPen wxGrid::GetColGridLinePen(int WXUNUSED(col))
5285 {
5286     return GetDefaultGridLinePen();
5287 }
5288
5289 void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords )
5290 {
5291     int row = coords.GetRow();
5292     int col = coords.GetCol();
5293     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
5294         return;
5295
5296
5297     wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col );
5298
5299     // right hand border
5300     dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(col) );
5301     dc.DrawLine( rect.x + rect.width, rect.y,
5302                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height + 1 );
5303
5304     // bottom border
5305     dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(row) );
5306     dc.DrawLine( rect.x, rect.y + rect.height,
5307                  rect.x + rect.width, rect.y + rect.height);
5308 }
5309
5310 void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells)
5311 {
5312     // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't
5313     // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB
5314     //
5315     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords &&
5316          m_numRows && m_numCols )
5317     {
5318         m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0);
5319     }
5320
5321     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
5322     {
5323         // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown
5324         return;
5325     }
5326
5327     // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it
5328     // might have been damaged by the grid lines
5329     size_t count = cells.GetCount();
5330     for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ )
5331     {
5332         wxGridCellCoords cell = cells[n];
5333
5334         // If we are using attributes, then we may have just exposed another
5335         // cell in a partially-visible merged cluster of cells. If the "anchor"
5336         // (upper left) cell of this merged cluster is the cell indicated by
5337         // m_currentCellCoords, then we need to refresh the cell highlight even
5338         // though the "anchor" itself is not part of our update segment.
5339         if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
5340         {
5341             int rows = 0,
5342                 cols = 0;
5343             GetCellSize(cell.GetRow(), cell.GetCol(), &rows, &cols);
5344
5345             if ( rows < 0 )
5346                 cell.SetRow(cell.GetRow() + rows);
5347
5348             if ( cols < 0 )
5349                 cell.SetCol(cell.GetCol() + cols);
5350         }
5351
5352         if ( cell == m_currentCellCoords )
5353         {
5354             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5355             DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
5356             attr->DecRef();
5357
5358             break;
5359         }
5360     }
5361 }
5362
5363 // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour
5364 // has been changed
5365 //
5366 void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) )
5367 {
5368     if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled )
5369          return;
5370
5371     int top, bottom, left, right;
5372
5373     int cw, ch;
5374     m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch);
5375     CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top );
5376     CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom );
5377
5378     // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col
5379     if ( m_gridLinesClipHorz )
5380     {
5381         if ( !m_numCols )
5382             return;
5383
5384         const int lastColRight = GetColRight(GetColAt(m_numCols - 1));
5385         if ( right > lastColRight )
5386             right = lastColRight;
5387     }
5388
5389     if ( m_gridLinesClipVert )
5390     {
5391         if ( !m_numRows )
5392             return;
5393
5394         const int lastRowBottom = GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1);
5395         if ( bottom > lastRowBottom )
5396             bottom = lastRowBottom;
5397     }
5398
5399     // no gridlines inside multicells, clip them out
5400     int leftCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(left) );
5401     int topRow = internalYToRow(top);
5402     int rightCol = GetColPos( internalXToCol(right) );
5403     int bottomRow = internalYToRow(bottom);
5404
5405     wxRegion clippedcells(0, 0, cw, ch);
5406
5407     int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5408     wxRect rect;
5409
5410     for ( int j = topRow; j <= bottomRow; j++ )
5411     {
5412         for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos <= rightCol; colPos++ )
5413         {
5414             int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5415
5416             GetCellSize( j, i, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5417             if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
5418             {
5419                 rect = CellToRect(j,i);
5420                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5421                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5422             }
5423             else if ((cell_rows < 0) || (cell_cols < 0))
5424             {
5425                 rect = CellToRect(j + cell_rows, i + cell_cols);
5426                 CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5427                 clippedcells.Subtract(rect);
5428             }
5429         }
5430     }
5431
5432     dc.SetDeviceClippingRegion( clippedcells );
5433
5434
5435     // horizontal grid lines
5436     for ( int i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ )
5437     {
5438         int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1;
5439
5440         if ( bot > bottom )
5441             break;
5442
5443         if ( bot >= top )
5444         {
5445             dc.SetPen( GetRowGridLinePen(i) );
5446             dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot );
5447         }
5448     }
5449
5450     // vertical grid lines
5451     for ( int colPos = leftCol; colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
5452     {
5453         int i = GetColAt( colPos );
5454
5455         int colRight = GetColRight(i);
5456 #ifdef __WXGTK__
5457         if (GetLayoutDirection() != wxLayout_RightToLeft)
5458 #endif
5459             colRight--;
5460
5461         if ( colRight > right )
5462             break;
5463
5464         if ( colRight >= left )
5465         {
5466             dc.SetPen( GetColGridLinePen(i) );
5467             dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom );
5468         }
5469     }
5470
5471     dc.DestroyClippingRegion();
5472 }
5473
5474 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc, const wxArrayInt& rows)
5475 {
5476     if ( !m_numRows )
5477         return;
5478
5479     const size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount();
5480     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5481     {
5482         DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] );
5483     }
5484 }
5485
5486 void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row )
5487 {
5488     if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 || m_rowLabelWidth <= 0 )
5489         return;
5490
5491     wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5492         attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5493
5494     // notice that an explicit static_cast is needed to avoid a compilation
5495     // error with VC7.1 which, for some reason, tries to instantiate (abstract)
5496     // wxGridRowHeaderRenderer class without it
5497     const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&
5498         rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetRowHeaderRenderer(row)
5499                             : static_cast<const wxGridRowHeaderRenderer&>
5500                                 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.rowRenderer);
5501
5502     wxRect rect(0, GetRowTop(row), m_rowLabelWidth, GetRowHeight(row));
5503     rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5504
5505     int hAlign, vAlign;
5506     GetRowLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5507
5508     rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetRowLabelValue(row),
5509                    rect, hAlign, vAlign, wxHORIZONTAL);
5510 }
5511
5512 void wxGrid::UseNativeColHeader(bool native)
5513 {
5514     if ( native == m_useNativeHeader )
5515         return;
5516
5517     delete m_colWindow;
5518     m_useNativeHeader = native;
5519
5520     CreateColumnWindow();
5521
5522     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
5523         GetGridColHeader()->SetColumnCount(m_numCols);
5524     CalcWindowSizes();
5525 }
5526
5527 void wxGrid::SetUseNativeColLabels( bool native )
5528 {
5529     wxASSERT_MSG( !m_useNativeHeader,
5530                   "doesn't make sense when using native header" );
5531
5532     m_nativeColumnLabels = native;
5533     if (native)
5534     {
5535         int height = wxRendererNative::Get().GetHeaderButtonHeight( this );
5536         SetColLabelSize( height );
5537     }
5538
5539     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh();
5540     m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5541 }
5542
5543 void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols )
5544 {
5545     if ( !m_numCols )
5546         return;
5547
5548     const size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount();
5549     for ( size_t i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ )
5550     {
5551         DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] );
5552     }
5553 }
5554
5555 void wxGrid::DrawCornerLabel(wxDC& dc)
5556 {
5557     wxRect rect(wxSize(m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight));
5558
5559     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5560     {
5561         rect.Deflate(1);
5562
5563         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton(m_cornerLabelWin, dc, rect, 0);
5564     }
5565     else
5566     {
5567         rect.width++;
5568         rect.height++;
5569
5570         wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5571             attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5572         const wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&
5573             rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetCornerRenderer()
5574                                 : static_cast<wxGridCornerHeaderRenderer&>
5575                                     (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.cornerRenderer);
5576
5577         rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5578     }
5579 }
5580
5581 void wxGrid::DrawColLabel(wxDC& dc, int col)
5582 {
5583     if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || m_colLabelHeight <= 0 )
5584         return;
5585
5586     int colLeft = GetColLeft(col);
5587
5588     wxRect rect(colLeft, 0, GetColWidth(col), m_colLabelHeight);
5589     wxGridCellAttrProvider * const
5590         attrProvider = m_table ? m_table->GetAttrProvider() : NULL;
5591     const wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&
5592         rend = attrProvider ? attrProvider->GetColumnHeaderRenderer(col)
5593                             : static_cast<wxGridColumnHeaderRenderer&>
5594                                 (gs_defaultHeaderRenderers.colRenderer);
5595
5596     if ( m_nativeColumnLabels )
5597     {
5598         wxRendererNative::Get().DrawHeaderButton
5599                                 (
5600                                     GetColLabelWindow(),
5601                                     dc,
5602                                     rect,
5603                                     0,
5604                                     IsSortingBy(col)
5605                                         ? IsSortOrderAscending()
5606                                             ? wxHDR_SORT_ICON_UP
5607                                             : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_DOWN
5608                                         : wxHDR_SORT_ICON_NONE
5609                                 );
5610         rect.Deflate(2);
5611     }
5612     else
5613     {
5614         // It is reported that we need to erase the background to avoid display
5615         // artefacts, see #12055.
5616         wxDCBrushChanger setBrush(dc, m_colWindow->GetBackgroundColour());
5617         dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5618
5619         rend.DrawBorder(*this, dc, rect);
5620     }
5621
5622     int hAlign, vAlign;
5623     GetColLabelAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign);
5624     const int orient = GetColLabelTextOrientation();
5625
5626     rend.DrawLabel(*this, dc, GetColLabelValue(col), rect, hAlign, vAlign, orient);
5627 }
5628
5629 // TODO: these 2 functions should be replaced with wxDC::DrawLabel() to which
5630 //       we just have to add textOrientation support
5631 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc,
5632                                 const wxString& value,
5633                                 const wxRect& rect,
5634                                 int horizAlign,
5635                                 int vertAlign,
5636                                 int textOrientation ) const
5637 {
5638     wxArrayString lines;
5639
5640     StringToLines( value, lines );
5641
5642     DrawTextRectangle(dc, lines, rect, horizAlign, vertAlign, textOrientation);
5643 }
5644
5645 void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle(wxDC& dc,
5646                                const wxArrayString& lines,
5647                                const wxRect& rect,
5648                                int horizAlign,
5649                                int vertAlign,
5650                                int textOrientation) const
5651 {
5652     if ( lines.empty() )
5653         return;
5654
5655     wxDCClipper clip(dc, rect);
5656
5657     long textWidth,
5658          textHeight;
5659
5660     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5661         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight );
5662     else
5663         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textHeight, &textWidth );
5664
5665     int x = 0,
5666         y = 0;
5667     switch ( vertAlign )
5668     {
5669         case wxALIGN_BOTTOM:
5670             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5671                 y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1);
5672             else
5673                 x = rect.x + rect.width - textWidth;
5674             break;
5675
5676         case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
5677             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5678                 y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight) / 2);
5679             else
5680                 x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth) / 2);
5681             break;
5682
5683         case wxALIGN_TOP:
5684         default:
5685             if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5686                 y = rect.y + 1;
5687             else
5688                 x = rect.x + 1;
5689             break;
5690     }
5691
5692     // Align each line of a multi-line label
5693     size_t nLines = lines.GetCount();
5694     for ( size_t l = 0; l < nLines; l++ )
5695     {
5696         const wxString& line = lines[l];
5697
5698         if ( line.empty() )
5699         {
5700             *(textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL ? &y : &x) += dc.GetCharHeight();
5701             continue;
5702         }
5703
5704         wxCoord lineWidth = 0,
5705              lineHeight = 0;
5706         dc.GetTextExtent(line, &lineWidth, &lineHeight);
5707
5708         switch ( horizAlign )
5709         {
5710             case wxALIGN_RIGHT:
5711                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5712                     x = rect.x + (rect.width - lineWidth - 1);
5713                 else
5714                     y = rect.y + lineWidth + 1;
5715                 break;
5716
5717             case wxALIGN_CENTRE:
5718                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5719                     x = rect.x + ((rect.width - lineWidth) / 2);
5720                 else
5721                     y = rect.y + rect.height - ((rect.height - lineWidth) / 2);
5722                 break;
5723
5724             case wxALIGN_LEFT:
5725             default:
5726                 if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5727                     x = rect.x + 1;
5728                 else
5729                     y = rect.y + rect.height - 1;
5730                 break;
5731         }
5732
5733         if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL )
5734         {
5735             dc.DrawText( line, x, y );
5736             y += lineHeight;
5737         }
5738         else
5739         {
5740             dc.DrawRotatedText( line, x, y, 90.0 );
5741             x += lineHeight;
5742         }
5743     }
5744 }
5745
5746 // Split multi-line text up into an array of strings.
5747 // Any existing contents of the string array are preserved.
5748 //
5749 // TODO: refactor wxTextFile::Read() and reuse the same code from here
5750 void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) const
5751 {
5752     int startPos = 0;
5753     int pos;
5754     wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix );
5755     wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix );
5756
5757     while ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
5758     {
5759         pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol );
5760         if ( pos < 0 )
5761         {
5762             break;
5763         }
5764         else if ( pos == 0 )
5765         {
5766             lines.Add( wxEmptyString );
5767         }
5768         else
5769         {
5770             lines.Add( tVal.Mid(startPos, pos) );
5771         }
5772
5773         startPos += pos + 1;
5774     }
5775
5776     if ( startPos < (int)tVal.length() )
5777     {
5778         lines.Add( tVal.Mid( startPos ) );
5779     }
5780 }
5781
5782 void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( const wxDC& dc,
5783                              const wxArrayString& lines,
5784                              long *width, long *height ) const
5785 {
5786     wxCoord w = 0;
5787     wxCoord h = 0;
5788     wxCoord lineW = 0, lineH = 0;
5789
5790     size_t i;
5791     for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ )
5792     {
5793         dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH );
5794         w = wxMax( w, lineW );
5795         h += lineH;
5796     }
5797
5798     *width = w;
5799     *height = h;
5800 }
5801
5802 //
5803 // ------ Batch processing.
5804 //
5805 void wxGrid::EndBatch()
5806 {
5807     if ( m_batchCount > 0 )
5808     {
5809         m_batchCount--;
5810         if ( !m_batchCount )
5811         {
5812             CalcDimensions();
5813             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
5814             m_colWindow->Refresh();
5815             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
5816             m_gridWin->Refresh();
5817         }
5818     }
5819 }
5820
5821 // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate
5822 // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a
5823 // BeginBatch / EndBatch block.
5824 //
5825 void wxGrid::ForceRefresh()
5826 {
5827     BeginBatch();
5828     EndBatch();
5829 }
5830
5831 bool wxGrid::Enable(bool enable)
5832 {
5833     if ( !wxScrolledWindow::Enable(enable) )
5834         return false;
5835
5836     // redraw in the new state
5837     m_gridWin->Refresh();
5838
5839     return true;
5840 }
5841
5842 //
5843 // ------ Edit control functions
5844 //
5845
5846 void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit )
5847 {
5848     if ( edit != m_editable )
5849     {
5850         if (!edit)
5851             EnableCellEditControl(edit);
5852         m_editable = edit;
5853     }
5854 }
5855
5856 void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable )
5857 {
5858     if (! m_editable)
5859         return;
5860
5861     if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5862     {
5863         if ( enable )
5864         {
5865             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) == -1 )
5866                 return;
5867
5868             // this should be checked by the caller!
5869             wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), wxT("can't enable editing for this cell!") );
5870
5871             // do it before ShowCellEditControl()
5872             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
5873
5874             ShowCellEditControl();
5875         }
5876         else
5877         {
5878             SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN);
5879
5880             HideCellEditControl();
5881             SaveEditControlValue();
5882
5883             // do it after HideCellEditControl()
5884             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable;
5885         }
5886     }
5887 }
5888
5889 bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const
5890 {
5891     // const_cast
5892     wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
5893     bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly();
5894     attr->DecRef();
5895
5896     return readonly;
5897 }
5898
5899 bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const
5900 {
5901     return m_editable && (m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords) &&
5902         !IsCurrentCellReadOnly();
5903 }
5904
5905 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const
5906 {
5907     // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the
5908     // current one if it's read only
5909     return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : false;
5910 }
5911
5912 bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const
5913 {
5914     bool isShown = false;
5915
5916     if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled )
5917     {
5918         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5919         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5920         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5921         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col);
5922         attr->DecRef();
5923
5924         if ( editor )
5925         {
5926             if ( editor->IsCreated() )
5927             {
5928                 isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown();
5929             }
5930
5931             editor->DecRef();
5932         }
5933     }
5934
5935     return isShown;
5936 }
5937
5938 void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl()
5939 {
5940     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
5941     {
5942         if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, false ) )
5943         {
5944             m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = false;
5945             return;
5946         }
5947         else
5948         {
5949             wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords );
5950             int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
5951             int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
5952
5953             // if this is part of a multicell, find owner (topleft)
5954             int cell_rows, cell_cols;
5955             GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
5956             if ( cell_rows <= 0 || cell_cols <= 0 )
5957             {
5958                 row += cell_rows;
5959                 col += cell_cols;
5960                 m_currentCellCoords.SetRow( row );
5961                 m_currentCellCoords.SetCol( col );
5962             }
5963
5964             // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor
5965             // might not cover the entire cell
5966             wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
5967             PrepareDC( dc );
5968             wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
5969             dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour()));
5970             dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN);
5971             dc.DrawRectangle(rect);
5972
5973             // convert to scrolled coords
5974             CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
5975
5976             int nXMove = 0;
5977             if (rect.x < 0)
5978                 nXMove = rect.x;
5979
5980             // cell is shifted by one pixel
5981             // However, don't allow x or y to become negative
5982             // since the SetSize() method interprets that as
5983             // "don't change."
5984             if (rect.x > 0)
5985                 rect.x--;
5986             if (rect.y > 0)
5987                 rect.y--;
5988
5989             wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
5990             if ( !editor->IsCreated() )
5991             {
5992                 editor->Create(m_gridWin, wxID_ANY,
5993                                new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor));
5994
5995                 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(),
5996                                              wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED,
5997                                              this,
5998                                              row,
5999                                              col,
6000                                              editor->GetControl());
6001                 GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);
6002             }
6003
6004             // resize editor to overflow into righthand cells if allowed
6005             int maxWidth = rect.width;
6006             wxString value = GetCellValue(row, col);
6007             if ( (value != wxEmptyString) && (attr->GetOverflow()) )
6008             {
6009                 int y;
6010                 GetTextExtent(value, &maxWidth, &y, NULL, NULL, &attr->GetFont());
6011                 if (maxWidth < rect.width)
6012                     maxWidth = rect.width;
6013             }
6014
6015             int client_right = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
6016             if (rect.x + maxWidth > client_right)
6017                 maxWidth = client_right - rect.x;
6018
6019             if ((maxWidth > rect.width) && (col < m_numCols) && m_table)
6020             {
6021                 GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6022                 // may have changed earlier
6023                 for (int i = col + cell_cols; i < m_numCols; i++)
6024                 {
6025                     int c_rows, c_cols;
6026                     GetCellSize( row, i, &c_rows, &c_cols );
6027
6028                     // looks weird going over a multicell
6029                     if (m_table->IsEmptyCell( row, i ) &&
6030                             (rect.width < maxWidth) && (c_rows == 1))
6031                     {
6032                         rect.width += GetColWidth( i );
6033                     }
6034                     else
6035                         break;
6036                 }
6037
6038                 if (rect.GetRight() > client_right)
6039                     rect.SetRight( client_right - 1 );
6040             }
6041
6042             editor->SetCellAttr( attr );
6043             editor->SetSize( rect );
6044             if (nXMove != 0)
6045                 editor->GetControl()->Move(
6046                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().x + nXMove,
6047                     editor->GetControl()->GetPosition().y );
6048             editor->Show( true, attr );
6049
6050             // recalc dimensions in case we need to
6051             // expand the scrolled window to account for editor
6052             CalcDimensions();
6053
6054             editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this);
6055             editor->SetCellAttr(NULL);
6056
6057             editor->DecRef();
6058             attr->DecRef();
6059         }
6060     }
6061 }
6062
6063 void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl()
6064 {
6065     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6066     {
6067         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6068         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6069
6070         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6071         wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6072         const bool editorHadFocus = editor->GetControl()->HasFocus();
6073         editor->Show( false );
6074         editor->DecRef();
6075         attr->DecRef();
6076
6077         // return the focus to the grid itself if the editor had it
6078         //
6079         // note that we must not do this unconditionally to avoid stealing
6080         // focus from the window which just received it if we are hiding the
6081         // editor precisely because we lost focus
6082         if ( editorHadFocus )
6083             m_gridWin->SetFocus();
6084
6085         // refresh whole row to the right
6086         wxRect rect( CellToRect(row, col) );
6087         CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y );
6088         rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth() - rect.x;
6089
6090 #ifdef __WXMAC__
6091         // ensure that the pixels under the focus ring get refreshed as well
6092         rect.Inflate(10, 10);
6093 #endif
6094
6095         m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
6096     }
6097 }
6098
6099 void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue()
6100 {
6101     if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() )
6102     {
6103         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6104         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6105
6106         wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row, col);
6107
6108         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
6109         wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
6110
6111         wxString newval;
6112         bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this, oldval, &newval);
6113
6114         if ( changed && SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING, newval) != -1 )
6115         {
6116             editor->ApplyEdit(row, col, this);
6117
6118             // for compatibility reasons dating back to wx 2.8 when this event
6119             // was called wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE and wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGING
6120             // didn't exist we allow vetoing this one too
6121             if ( SendEvent(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGED, oldval) == -1 )
6122             {
6123                 // Event has been vetoed, set the data back.
6124                 SetCellValue(row, col, oldval);
6125             }
6126         }
6127
6128         editor->DecRef();
6129         attr->DecRef();
6130     }
6131 }
6132
6133 //
6134 // ------ Grid location functions
6135 //  Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of
6136 //  grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device
6137 //  coordinates for mouse events etc.
6138 //
6139
6140 wxGridCellCoords wxGrid::XYToCell(int x, int y) const
6141 {
6142     int row = YToRow(y);
6143     int col = XToCol(x);
6144
6145     return row == -1 || col == -1 ? wxGridNoCellCoords
6146                                   : wxGridCellCoords(row, col);
6147 }
6148
6149 // compute row or column from some (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either
6150 // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array of
6151 // m_rowBottoms/m_colRights to do it quickly (linear search shouldn't be used
6152 // for large grids)
6153 int wxGrid::PosToLinePos(int coord,
6154                          bool clipToMinMax,
6155                          const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6156 {
6157     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
6158
6159     if ( coord < 0 )
6160         return clipToMinMax && numLines > 0 ? 0 : wxNOT_FOUND;
6161
6162     const int defaultLineSize = oper.GetDefaultLineSize(this);
6163     wxCHECK_MSG( defaultLineSize, -1, "can't have 0 default line size" );
6164
6165     int maxPos = coord / defaultLineSize,
6166         minPos = 0;
6167
6168     // check for the simplest case: if we have no explicit line sizes
6169     // configured, then we already know the line this position falls in
6170     const wxArrayInt& lineEnds = oper.GetLineEnds(this);
6171     if ( lineEnds.empty() )
6172     {
6173         if ( maxPos < numLines )
6174             return maxPos;
6175
6176         return clipToMinMax ? numLines - 1 : -1;
6177     }
6178
6179
6180     // adjust maxPos before starting the binary search
6181     if ( maxPos >= numLines )
6182     {
6183         maxPos = numLines  - 1;
6184     }
6185     else
6186     {
6187         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)])
6188         {
6189             minPos = maxPos;
6190             const int minDist = oper.GetMinimalAcceptableLineSize(this);
6191             if ( minDist )
6192                 maxPos = coord / minDist;
6193             else
6194                 maxPos = numLines - 1;
6195         }
6196
6197         if ( maxPos >= numLines )
6198             maxPos = numLines  - 1;
6199     }
6200
6201     // check if the position is beyond the last column
6202     const int lineAtMaxPos = oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos);
6203     if ( coord >= lineEnds[lineAtMaxPos] )
6204         return clipToMinMax ? maxPos : -1;
6205
6206     // or before the first one
6207     const int lineAt0 = oper.GetLineAt(this, 0);
6208     if ( coord < lineEnds[lineAt0] )
6209         return 0;
6210
6211
6212     // finally do perform the binary search
6213     while ( minPos < maxPos )
6214     {
6215         wxCHECK_MSG( lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, minPos)] <= coord &&
6216                         coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos)],
6217                      -1,
6218                      "wxGrid: internal error in PosToLinePos()" );
6219
6220         if ( coord >= lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, maxPos - 1)] )
6221             return maxPos;
6222         else
6223             maxPos--;
6224
6225         const int median = minPos + (maxPos - minPos + 1) / 2;
6226         if ( coord < lineEnds[oper.GetLineAt(this, median)] )
6227             maxPos = median;
6228         else
6229             minPos = median;
6230     }
6231
6232     return maxPos;
6233 }
6234
6235 int
6236 wxGrid::PosToLine(int coord,
6237                   bool clipToMinMax,
6238                   const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6239 {
6240     int pos = PosToLinePos(coord, clipToMinMax, oper);
6241
6242     return pos == wxNOT_FOUND ? wxNOT_FOUND : oper.GetLineAt(this, pos);
6243 }
6244
6245 int wxGrid::YToRow(int y, bool clipToMinMax) const
6246 {
6247     return PosToLine(y, clipToMinMax, wxGridRowOperations());
6248 }
6249
6250 int wxGrid::XToCol(int x, bool clipToMinMax) const
6251 {
6252     return PosToLine(x, clipToMinMax, wxGridColumnOperations());
6253 }
6254
6255 int wxGrid::XToPos(int x) const
6256 {
6257     return PosToLinePos(x, true /* clip */, wxGridColumnOperations());
6258 }
6259
6260 // return the row number such that the y coord is near the edge of, or -1 if
6261 // not near an edge.
6262 //
6263 // notice that position can only possibly be near an edge if the row/column is
6264 // large enough to still allow for an "inner" area that is _not_ near the edge
6265 // (i.e., if the height/width is smaller than WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE, pos will
6266 // _never_ be considered to be near the edge).
6267 int wxGrid::PosToEdgeOfLine(int pos, const wxGridOperations& oper) const
6268 {
6269     const int line = oper.PosToLine(this, pos, true);
6270
6271     if ( oper.GetLineSize(this, line) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6272     {
6273         // We know that we are in this line, test whether we are close enough
6274         // to start or end border, respectively.
6275         if ( abs(oper.GetLineEndPos(this, line) - pos) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6276             return line;
6277         else if ( line > 0 &&
6278                     pos - oper.GetLineStartPos(this,
6279                                                line) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE )
6280             return line - 1;
6281     }
6282
6283     return -1;
6284 }
6285
6286 int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow(int y) const
6287 {
6288     return PosToEdgeOfLine(y, wxGridRowOperations());
6289 }
6290
6291 int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol(int x) const
6292 {
6293     return PosToEdgeOfLine(x, wxGridColumnOperations());
6294 }
6295
6296 wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) const
6297 {
6298     wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
6299
6300     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6301          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6302     {
6303         int i, cell_rows, cell_cols;
6304         rect.width = rect.height = 0;
6305         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6306         // if negative then find multicell owner
6307         if (cell_rows < 0)
6308             row += cell_rows;
6309         if (cell_cols < 0)
6310              col += cell_cols;
6311         GetCellSize( row, col, &cell_rows, &cell_cols );
6312
6313         rect.x = GetColLeft(col);
6314         rect.y = GetRowTop(row);
6315         for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
6316             rect.width += GetColWidth(i);
6317         for (i=row; i < row + cell_rows; i++)
6318             rect.height += GetRowHeight(i);
6319
6320         // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller
6321         if (m_gridLinesEnabled)
6322         {
6323             rect.width -= 1;
6324             rect.height -= 1;
6325         }
6326     }
6327
6328     return rect;
6329 }
6330
6331 bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) const
6332 {
6333     // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6334     //
6335     wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6336
6337     // convert to device coords
6338     //
6339     int left, top, right, bottom;
6340     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6341     CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6342
6343     // check against the client area of the grid window
6344     int cw, ch;
6345     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6346
6347     if ( wholeCellVisible )
6348     {
6349         // is the cell wholly visible ?
6350         return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw &&
6351                  top >= 0 && bottom <= ch );
6352     }
6353     else
6354     {
6355         // is the cell partly visible ?
6356         //
6357         return ( ((left >= 0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) &&
6358                  ((top >= 0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) );
6359     }
6360 }
6361
6362 // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount
6363 // of scrolling
6364 //
6365 void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col )
6366 {
6367     int i;
6368     int xpos = -1, ypos = -1;
6369
6370     if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows &&
6371          col >= 0 && col < m_numCols )
6372     {
6373         // get the cell rectangle in logical coords
6374         wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) );
6375
6376         // convert to device coords
6377         int left, top, right, bottom;
6378         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top );
6379         CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom );
6380
6381         int cw, ch;
6382         m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
6383
6384         if ( top < 0 )
6385         {
6386             ypos = r.GetTop();
6387         }
6388         else if ( bottom > ch )
6389         {
6390             int h = r.GetHeight();
6391             ypos = r.GetTop();
6392             for ( i = row - 1; i >= 0; i-- )
6393             {
6394                 int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i);
6395                 if ( h + rowHeight > ch )
6396                     break;
6397
6398                 h += rowHeight;
6399                 ypos -= rowHeight;
6400             }
6401
6402             // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't
6403             // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do,
6404             // we might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn)
6405             //
6406             // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE / 2 is not enough,
6407             // so just add a full scroll unit...
6408             ypos += m_scrollLineY;
6409         }
6410
6411         // special handling for wide cells - show always left part of the cell!
6412         // Otherwise, e.g. when stepping from row to row, it would jump between
6413         // left and right part of the cell on every step!
6414 //      if ( left < 0 )
6415         if ( left < 0 || (right - left) >= cw )
6416         {
6417             xpos = r.GetLeft();
6418         }
6419         else if ( right > cw )
6420         {
6421             // position the view so that the cell is on the right
6422             int x0, y0;
6423             CalcUnscrolledPosition(0, 0, &x0, &y0);
6424             xpos = x0 + (right - cw);
6425
6426             // see comment for ypos above
6427             xpos += m_scrollLineX;
6428         }
6429
6430         if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 )
6431         {
6432             if ( xpos != -1 )
6433                 xpos /= m_scrollLineX;
6434             if ( ypos != -1 )
6435                 ypos /= m_scrollLineY;
6436             Scroll( xpos, ypos );
6437             AdjustScrollbars();
6438         }
6439     }
6440 }
6441
6442 //
6443 // ------ Grid cursor movement functions
6444 //
6445
6446 bool
6447 wxGrid::DoMoveCursor(bool expandSelection,
6448                      const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6449 {
6450     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6451         return false;
6452
6453     if ( expandSelection )
6454     {
6455         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_selectedBlockCorner;
6456         if ( coords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6457             coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6458
6459         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6460             return false;
6461
6462         diroper.Advance(coords);
6463
6464         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6465     }
6466     else // don't expand selection
6467     {
6468         ClearSelection();
6469
6470         if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6471             return false;
6472
6473         wxGridCellCoords coords = m_currentCellCoords;
6474         diroper.Advance(coords);
6475
6476         GoToCell(coords);
6477     }
6478
6479     return true;
6480 }
6481
6482 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp(bool expandSelection)
6483 {
6484     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6485                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6486 }
6487
6488 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown(bool expandSelection)
6489 {
6490     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6491                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6492 }
6493
6494 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft(bool expandSelection)
6495 {
6496     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6497                         wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6498 }
6499
6500 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight(bool expandSelection)
6501 {
6502     return DoMoveCursor(expandSelection,
6503                         wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations()));
6504 }
6505
6506 bool wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByPage(const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6507 {
6508     if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6509         return false;
6510
6511     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6512         return false;
6513
6514     const int oldRow = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6515     int newRow = diroper.MoveByPixelDistance(oldRow, m_gridWin->GetClientSize().y);
6516     if ( newRow == oldRow )
6517     {
6518         wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6519         diroper.Advance(coords);
6520         newRow = coords.GetRow();
6521     }
6522
6523     GoToCell(newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol());
6524
6525     return true;
6526 }
6527
6528 bool wxGrid::MovePageUp()
6529 {
6530     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6531                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6532 }
6533
6534 bool wxGrid::MovePageDown()
6535 {
6536     return DoMoveCursorByPage(
6537                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations()));
6538 }
6539
6540 // helper of DoMoveCursorByBlock(): advance the cell coordinates using diroper
6541 // until we find a non-empty cell or reach the grid end
6542 void
6543 wxGrid::AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(wxGridCellCoords& coords,
6544                               const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6545 {
6546     while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6547     {
6548         diroper.Advance(coords);
6549         if ( !m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6550             break;
6551     }
6552 }
6553
6554 bool
6555 wxGrid::DoMoveCursorByBlock(bool expandSelection,
6556                             const wxGridDirectionOperations& diroper)
6557 {
6558     if ( !m_table || m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords )
6559         return false;
6560
6561     if ( diroper.IsAtBoundary(m_currentCellCoords) )
6562         return false;
6563
6564     wxGridCellCoords coords(m_currentCellCoords);
6565     if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6566     {
6567         // we are in an empty cell: find the next block of non-empty cells
6568         AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6569     }
6570     else // current cell is not empty
6571     {
6572         diroper.Advance(coords);
6573         if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coords) )
6574         {
6575             // we started at the end of a block, find the next one
6576             AdvanceToNextNonEmpty(coords, diroper);
6577         }
6578         else // we're in a middle of a block
6579         {
6580             // go to the end of it, i.e. find the last cell before the next
6581             // empty one
6582             while ( !diroper.IsAtBoundary(coords) )
6583             {
6584                 wxGridCellCoords coordsNext(coords);
6585                 diroper.Advance(coordsNext);
6586                 if ( m_table->IsEmpty(coordsNext) )
6587                     break;
6588
6589                 coords = coordsNext;
6590             }
6591         }
6592     }
6593
6594     if ( expandSelection )
6595     {
6596         UpdateBlockBeingSelected(m_currentCellCoords, coords);
6597     }
6598     else
6599     {
6600         ClearSelection();
6601         GoToCell(coords);
6602     }
6603
6604     return true;
6605 }
6606
6607 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock(bool expandSelection)
6608 {
6609     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6610                 expandSelection,
6611                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
6612            );
6613 }
6614
6615 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection )
6616 {
6617     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6618                 expandSelection,
6619                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridRowOperations())
6620            );
6621 }
6622
6623 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection )
6624 {
6625     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6626                 expandSelection,
6627                 wxGridBackwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
6628            );
6629 }
6630
6631 bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection )
6632 {
6633     return DoMoveCursorByBlock(
6634                 expandSelection,
6635                 wxGridForwardOperations(this, wxGridColumnOperations())
6636            );
6637 }
6638
6639 //
6640 // ------ Label values and formatting
6641 //
6642
6643 void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
6644 {
6645     if ( horiz )
6646         *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign;
6647     if ( vert )
6648         *vert  = m_rowLabelVertAlign;
6649 }
6650
6651 void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
6652 {
6653     if ( horiz )
6654         *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign;
6655     if ( vert )
6656         *vert  = m_colLabelVertAlign;
6657 }
6658
6659 int wxGrid::GetColLabelTextOrientation() const
6660 {
6661     return m_colLabelTextOrientation;
6662 }
6663
6664 wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) const
6665 {
6666     if ( m_table )
6667     {
6668         return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row );
6669     }
6670     else
6671     {
6672         wxString s;
6673         s << row;
6674         return s;
6675     }
6676 }
6677
6678 wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) const
6679 {
6680     if ( m_table )
6681     {
6682         return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col );
6683     }
6684     else
6685     {
6686         wxString s;
6687         s << col;
6688         return s;
6689     }
6690 }
6691
6692 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width )
6693 {
6694     wxASSERT( width >= 0 || width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
6695
6696     if ( width == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
6697     {
6698         width = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_ROW);
6699     }
6700
6701     if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth )
6702     {
6703         if ( width == 0 )
6704         {
6705             m_rowLabelWin->Show( false );
6706             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
6707         }
6708         else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 )
6709         {
6710             m_rowLabelWin->Show( true );
6711             if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 )
6712                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
6713         }
6714
6715         m_rowLabelWidth = width;
6716         CalcWindowSizes();
6717         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
6718     }
6719 }
6720
6721 void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height )
6722 {
6723     wxASSERT( height >=0 || height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE );
6724
6725     if ( height == wxGRID_AUTOSIZE )
6726     {
6727         height = CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGRID_COLUMN);
6728     }
6729
6730     if ( height != m_colLabelHeight )
6731     {
6732         if ( height == 0 )
6733         {
6734             m_colWindow->Show( false );
6735             m_cornerLabelWin->Show( false );
6736         }
6737         else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 )
6738         {
6739             m_colWindow->Show( true );
6740             if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 )
6741                 m_cornerLabelWin->Show( true );
6742         }
6743
6744         m_colLabelHeight = height;
6745         CalcWindowSizes();
6746         wxScrolledWindow::Refresh( true );
6747     }
6748 }
6749
6750 void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour )
6751 {
6752     if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour )
6753     {
6754         m_labelBackgroundColour = colour;
6755         m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
6756         m_colWindow->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
6757         m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour );
6758
6759         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6760         {
6761             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6762             m_colWindow->Refresh();
6763             m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh();
6764         }
6765     }
6766 }
6767
6768 void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour )
6769 {
6770     if ( m_labelTextColour != colour )
6771     {
6772         m_labelTextColour = colour;
6773         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6774         {
6775             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6776             m_colWindow->Refresh();
6777         }
6778     }
6779 }
6780
6781 void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font )
6782 {
6783     m_labelFont = font;
6784     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6785     {
6786         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6787         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6788     }
6789 }
6790
6791 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
6792 {
6793     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
6794     switch ( horiz )
6795     {
6796         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
6797         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
6798         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
6799     }
6800
6801     switch ( vert )
6802     {
6803         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
6804         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
6805         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
6806     }
6807
6808     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
6809     {
6810         m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
6811     }
6812
6813     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
6814     {
6815         m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert;
6816     }
6817
6818     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6819     {
6820         m_rowLabelWin->Refresh();
6821     }
6822 }
6823
6824 void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
6825 {
6826     // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used
6827     switch ( horiz )
6828     {
6829         case wxLEFT:   horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break;
6830         case wxRIGHT:  horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break;
6831         case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
6832     }
6833
6834     switch ( vert )
6835     {
6836         case wxTOP:    vert = wxALIGN_TOP;    break;
6837         case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break;
6838         case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break;
6839     }
6840
6841     if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT )
6842     {
6843         m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz;
6844     }
6845
6846     if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM )
6847     {
6848         m_colLabelVertAlign = vert;
6849     }
6850
6851     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6852     {
6853         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6854     }
6855 }
6856
6857 // Note: under MSW, the default column label font must be changed because it
6858 //       does not support vertical printing
6859 //
6860 // Example: wxFont font(9, wxSWISS, wxNORMAL, wxBOLD);
6861 //                      pGrid->SetLabelFont(font);
6862 //                      pGrid->SetColLabelTextOrientation(wxVERTICAL);
6863 //
6864 void wxGrid::SetColLabelTextOrientation( int textOrientation )
6865 {
6866     if ( textOrientation == wxHORIZONTAL || textOrientation == wxVERTICAL )
6867         m_colLabelTextOrientation = textOrientation;
6868
6869     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6870         m_colWindow->Refresh();
6871 }
6872
6873 void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s )
6874 {
6875     if ( m_table )
6876     {
6877         m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s );
6878         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6879         {
6880             wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0 );
6881             if ( rect.height > 0 )
6882             {
6883                 CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y);
6884                 rect.x = 0;
6885                 rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
6886                 m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
6887             }
6888         }
6889     }
6890 }
6891
6892 void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s )
6893 {
6894     if ( m_table )
6895     {
6896         m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s );
6897         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
6898         {
6899             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
6900             {
6901                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
6902             }
6903             else
6904             {
6905                 wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col );
6906                 if ( rect.width > 0 )
6907                 {
6908                     CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y);
6909                     rect.y = 0;
6910                     rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
6911                     GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
6912                 }
6913             }
6914         }
6915     }
6916 }
6917
6918 void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour )
6919 {
6920     if ( m_gridLineColour != colour )
6921     {
6922         m_gridLineColour = colour;
6923
6924         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
6925             RedrawGridLines();
6926     }
6927 }
6928
6929 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour )
6930 {
6931     if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour )
6932     {
6933         m_cellHighlightColour = colour;
6934
6935         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6936         PrepareDC( dc );
6937         wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords);
6938         DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr);
6939         attr->DecRef();
6940     }
6941 }
6942
6943 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width)
6944 {
6945     if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width)
6946     {
6947         m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width;
6948
6949         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
6950         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
6951         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6952         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6953         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 || GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6954             return;
6955
6956         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
6957         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
6958     }
6959 }
6960
6961 void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width)
6962 {
6963     if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width)
6964     {
6965         m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width;
6966
6967         // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't
6968         // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller.
6969         int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow();
6970         int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol();
6971         if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ||
6972                 GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 )
6973             return;
6974
6975         wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col);
6976         m_gridWin->Refresh(true, &rect);
6977     }
6978 }
6979
6980 void wxGrid::RedrawGridLines()
6981 {
6982     // the lines will be redrawn when the window is thawn
6983     if ( GetBatchCount() )
6984         return;
6985
6986     if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
6987     {
6988         wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin );
6989         PrepareDC( dc );
6990         DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() );
6991     }
6992     else // remove the grid lines
6993     {
6994         m_gridWin->Refresh();
6995     }
6996 }
6997
6998 void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable )
6999 {
7000     if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled )
7001     {
7002         m_gridLinesEnabled = enable;
7003
7004         RedrawGridLines();
7005     }
7006 }
7007
7008 void wxGrid::DoClipGridLines(bool& var, bool clip)
7009 {
7010     if ( clip != var )
7011     {
7012         var = clip;
7013
7014         if ( GridLinesEnabled() )
7015             RedrawGridLines();
7016     }
7017 }
7018
7019 int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() const
7020 {
7021     return m_defaultRowHeight;
7022 }
7023
7024 int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) const
7025 {
7026     wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, wxT("invalid row index") );
7027
7028     return GetRowHeight(row);
7029 }
7030
7031 int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() const
7032 {
7033     return m_defaultColWidth;
7034 }
7035
7036 int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) const
7037 {
7038     wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, wxT("invalid column index") );
7039
7040     return GetColWidth(col);
7041 }
7042
7043 // ============================================================================
7044 // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid
7045 // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis
7046 // ============================================================================
7047
7048 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7049 // setting default attributes
7050 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7051
7052 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col )
7053 {
7054     m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7055 #ifdef __WXGTK__
7056     m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col);
7057 #endif
7058 }
7059
7060 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col )
7061 {
7062     m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col);
7063 }
7064
7065 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert )
7066 {
7067     m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7068 }
7069
7070 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellOverflow( bool allow )
7071 {
7072     m_defaultCellAttr->SetOverflow(allow);
7073 }
7074
7075 void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font )
7076 {
7077     m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font);
7078 }
7079
7080 // For editors and renderers the type registry takes precedence over the
7081 // default attr, so we need to register the new editor/renderer for the string
7082 // data type in order to make setting a default editor/renderer appear to
7083 // work correctly.
7084
7085 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7086 {
7087     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7088                      renderer,
7089                      GetDefaultEditorForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING));
7090 }
7091
7092 void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor)
7093 {
7094     RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
7095                      GetDefaultRendererForType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING),
7096                      editor);
7097 }
7098
7099 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7100 // access to the default attributes
7101 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7102
7103 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() const
7104 {
7105     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour();
7106 }
7107
7108 wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() const
7109 {
7110     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour();
7111 }
7112
7113 wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() const
7114 {
7115     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont();
7116 }
7117
7118 void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7119 {
7120     m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7121 }
7122
7123 bool wxGrid::GetDefaultCellOverflow() const
7124 {
7125     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetOverflow();
7126 }
7127
7128 wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const
7129 {
7130     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0);
7131 }
7132
7133 wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const
7134 {
7135     return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0);
7136 }
7137
7138 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7139 // access to cell attributes
7140 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7141
7142 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) const
7143 {
7144     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7145     wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour();
7146     attr->DecRef();
7147
7148     return colour;
7149 }
7150
7151 wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) const
7152 {
7153     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7154     wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour();
7155     attr->DecRef();
7156
7157     return colour;
7158 }
7159
7160 wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) const
7161 {
7162     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7163     wxFont font = attr->GetFont();
7164     attr->DecRef();
7165
7166     return font;
7167 }
7168
7169 void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) const
7170 {
7171     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7172     attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7173     attr->DecRef();
7174 }
7175
7176 bool wxGrid::GetCellOverflow( int row, int col ) const
7177 {
7178     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7179     bool allow = attr->GetOverflow();
7180     attr->DecRef();
7181
7182     return allow;
7183 }
7184
7185 wxGrid::CellSpan
7186 wxGrid::GetCellSize( int row, int col, int *num_rows, int *num_cols ) const
7187 {
7188     wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7189     attr->GetSize( num_rows, num_cols );
7190     attr->DecRef();
7191
7192     if ( *num_rows == 1 && *num_cols == 1 )
7193         return CellSpan_None; // just a normal cell
7194
7195     if ( *num_rows < 0 || *num_cols < 0 )
7196         return CellSpan_Inside; // covered by a multi-span cell
7197
7198     // this cell spans multiple cells to its right/bottom
7199     return CellSpan_Main;
7200 }
7201
7202 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) const
7203 {
7204     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7205     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7206     attr->DecRef();
7207
7208     return renderer;
7209 }
7210
7211 wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) const
7212 {
7213     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7214     wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col);
7215     attr->DecRef();
7216
7217     return editor;
7218 }
7219
7220 bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const
7221 {
7222     wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7223     bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly();
7224     attr->DecRef();
7225
7226     return isReadOnly;
7227 }
7228
7229 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7230 // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ...
7231 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7232
7233 bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() const
7234 {
7235     if ( !m_table )
7236     {
7237         return false;
7238     }
7239
7240     return m_table->CanHaveAttributes();
7241 }
7242
7243 void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache()
7244 {
7245     if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 )
7246     {
7247         wxGridCellAttr *oldAttr = m_attrCache.attr;
7248         m_attrCache.attr = NULL;
7249         m_attrCache.row = -1;
7250         // wxSafeDecRec(...) might cause event processing that accesses
7251         // the cached attribute, if one exists (e.g. by deleting the
7252         // editor stored within the attribute). Therefore it is important
7253         // to invalidate the cache  before calling wxSafeDecRef!
7254         wxSafeDecRef(oldAttr);
7255     }
7256 }
7257
7258 void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const
7259 {
7260     if ( attr != NULL )
7261     {
7262         wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
7263
7264         self->ClearAttrCache();
7265         self->m_attrCache.row = row;
7266         self->m_attrCache.col = col;
7267         self->m_attrCache.attr = attr;
7268         wxSafeIncRef(attr);
7269     }
7270 }
7271
7272 bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const
7273 {
7274     if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col )
7275     {
7276         *attr = m_attrCache.attr;
7277         wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr);
7278
7279 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7280         gs_nAttrCacheHits++;
7281 #endif
7282
7283         return true;
7284     }
7285     else
7286     {
7287 #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE
7288         gs_nAttrCacheMisses++;
7289 #endif
7290
7291         return false;
7292     }
7293 }
7294
7295 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7296 {
7297     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7298     // Additional test to avoid looking at the cache e.g. for
7299     // wxNoCellCoords, as this will confuse memory management.
7300     if ( row >= 0 )
7301     {
7302         if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) )
7303         {
7304             attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Any)
7305                            : NULL;
7306             CacheAttr(row, col, attr);
7307         }
7308     }
7309
7310     if (attr)
7311     {
7312         attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7313     }
7314     else
7315     {
7316         attr = m_defaultCellAttr;
7317         attr->IncRef();
7318     }
7319
7320     return attr;
7321 }
7322
7323 wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const
7324 {
7325     wxGridCellAttr *attr = NULL;
7326     bool canHave = ((wxGrid*)this)->CanHaveAttributes();
7327
7328     wxCHECK_MSG( canHave, attr, wxT("Cell attributes not allowed"));
7329     wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, wxT("must have a table") );
7330
7331     attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell);
7332     if ( !attr )
7333     {
7334         attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr);
7335
7336         // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller
7337         attr->IncRef();
7338         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7339     }
7340
7341     return attr;
7342 }
7343
7344 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7345 // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr)
7346 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7347
7348 void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col)
7349 {
7350     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL);
7351 }
7352
7353 void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col)
7354 {
7355     SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER);
7356 }
7357
7358 void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision)
7359 {
7360     wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT;
7361     if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) )
7362     {
7363         typeName << wxT(':') << width << wxT(',') << precision;
7364     }
7365
7366     SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName);
7367 }
7368
7369 void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName)
7370 {
7371     wxGridCellAttr *attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col );
7372     if (!attr)
7373         attr = new wxGridCellAttr;
7374     wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7375     attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7376     wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7377     attr->SetEditor(editor);
7378
7379     SetColAttr(col, attr);
7380
7381 }
7382
7383 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7384 // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table
7385 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7386
7387 void wxGrid::SetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7388 {
7389     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7390     {
7391         m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col);
7392         ClearAttrCache();
7393     }
7394     else
7395     {
7396         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7397     }
7398 }
7399
7400 void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7401 {
7402     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7403     {
7404         m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row);
7405         ClearAttrCache();
7406     }
7407     else
7408     {
7409         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7410     }
7411 }
7412
7413 void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr)
7414 {
7415     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7416     {
7417         m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col);
7418         ClearAttrCache();
7419     }
7420     else
7421     {
7422         wxSafeDecRef(attr);
7423     }
7424 }
7425
7426 void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7427 {
7428     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7429     {
7430         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7431         attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour);
7432         attr->DecRef();
7433     }
7434 }
7435
7436 void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour )
7437 {
7438     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7439     {
7440         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7441         attr->SetTextColour(colour);
7442         attr->DecRef();
7443     }
7444 }
7445
7446 void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font )
7447 {
7448     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7449     {
7450         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7451         attr->SetFont(font);
7452         attr->DecRef();
7453     }
7454 }
7455
7456 void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert )
7457 {
7458     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7459     {
7460         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7461         attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert);
7462         attr->DecRef();
7463     }
7464 }
7465
7466 void wxGrid::SetCellOverflow( int row, int col, bool allow )
7467 {
7468     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7469     {
7470         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7471         attr->SetOverflow(allow);
7472         attr->DecRef();
7473     }
7474 }
7475
7476 void wxGrid::SetCellSize( int row, int col, int num_rows, int num_cols )
7477 {
7478     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7479     {
7480         int cell_rows, cell_cols;
7481
7482         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7483         attr->GetSize(&cell_rows, &cell_cols);
7484         attr->SetSize(num_rows, num_cols);
7485         attr->DecRef();
7486
7487         // Cannot set the size of a cell to 0 or negative values
7488         // While it is perfectly legal to do that, this function cannot
7489         // handle all the possibilies, do it by hand by getting the CellAttr.
7490         // You can only set the size of a cell to 1,1 or greater with this fn
7491         wxASSERT_MSG( !((cell_rows < 1) || (cell_cols < 1)),
7492                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size that is already part of another cell"));
7493         wxASSERT_MSG( !((num_rows < 1) || (num_cols < 1)),
7494                       wxT("wxGrid::SetCellSize setting cell size to < 1"));
7495
7496         // if this was already a multicell then "turn off" the other cells first
7497         if ((cell_rows > 1) || (cell_cols > 1))
7498         {
7499             int i, j;
7500             for (j=row; j < row + cell_rows; j++)
7501             {
7502                 for (i=col; i < col + cell_cols; i++)
7503                 {
7504                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7505                     {
7506                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7507                         attr_stub->SetSize( 1, 1 );
7508                         attr_stub->DecRef();
7509                     }
7510                 }
7511             }
7512         }
7513
7514         // mark the cells that will be covered by this cell to
7515         // negative or zero values to point back at this cell
7516         if (((num_rows > 1) || (num_cols > 1)) && (num_rows >= 1) && (num_cols >= 1))
7517         {
7518             int i, j;
7519             for (j=row; j < row + num_rows; j++)
7520             {
7521                 for (i=col; i < col + num_cols; i++)
7522                 {
7523                     if ((i != col) || (j != row))
7524                     {
7525                         wxGridCellAttr *attr_stub = GetOrCreateCellAttr(j, i);
7526                         attr_stub->SetSize( row - j, col - i );
7527                         attr_stub->DecRef();
7528                     }
7529                 }
7530             }
7531         }
7532     }
7533 }
7534
7535 void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer)
7536 {
7537     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7538     {
7539         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7540         attr->SetRenderer(renderer);
7541         attr->DecRef();
7542     }
7543 }
7544
7545 void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7546 {
7547     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7548     {
7549         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7550         attr->SetEditor(editor);
7551         attr->DecRef();
7552     }
7553 }
7554
7555 void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly)
7556 {
7557     if ( CanHaveAttributes() )
7558     {
7559         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col);
7560         attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly);
7561         attr->DecRef();
7562     }
7563 }
7564
7565 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7566 // Data type registration
7567 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7568
7569 void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
7570                               wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
7571                               wxGridCellEditor* editor)
7572 {
7573     m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
7574 }
7575
7576
7577 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const
7578 {
7579     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
7580     return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName);
7581 }
7582
7583 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const
7584 {
7585     wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col);
7586     return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName);
7587 }
7588
7589 wxGridCellEditor * wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const
7590 {
7591     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
7592     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
7593     {
7594         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
7595
7596         return NULL;
7597     }
7598
7599     return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index);
7600 }
7601
7602 wxGridCellRenderer * wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const
7603 {
7604     int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName);
7605     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
7606     {
7607         wxFAIL_MSG(wxString::Format(wxT("Unknown data type name [%s]"), typeName.c_str()));
7608
7609         return NULL;
7610     }
7611
7612     return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index);
7613 }
7614
7615 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7616 // row/col size
7617 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7618
7619 void wxGrid::DoDisableLineResize(int line, wxGridFixedIndicesSet *& setFixed)
7620 {
7621     if ( !setFixed )
7622     {
7623         setFixed = new wxGridFixedIndicesSet;
7624     }
7625
7626     setFixed->insert(line);
7627 }
7628
7629 bool
7630 wxGrid::DoCanResizeLine(int line, const wxGridFixedIndicesSet *setFixed) const
7631 {
7632     return !setFixed || !setFixed->count(line);
7633 }
7634
7635 void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable )
7636 {
7637     m_canDragRowSize = enable;
7638 }
7639
7640 void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable )
7641 {
7642     m_canDragColSize = enable;
7643 }
7644
7645 void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable )
7646 {
7647     m_canDragGridSize = enable;
7648 }
7649
7650 void wxGrid::EnableDragCell( bool enable )
7651 {
7652     m_canDragCell = enable;
7653 }
7654
7655 void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows )
7656 {
7657     m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, m_minAcceptableRowHeight );
7658
7659     if ( resizeExistingRows )
7660     {
7661         // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size,
7662         // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms
7663         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
7664         // some speed optimisations)
7665         m_rowHeights.Empty();
7666         m_rowBottoms.Empty();
7667         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7668             CalcDimensions();
7669     }
7670 }
7671
7672 void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height )
7673 {
7674     wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, wxT("invalid row index") );
7675
7676     // if < 0 then calculate new height from label
7677     if ( height < 0 )
7678     {
7679         long w, h;
7680         wxArrayString lines;
7681         wxClientDC dc(m_rowLabelWin);
7682         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
7683         StringToLines(GetRowLabelValue( row ), lines);
7684         GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
7685         //check that it is not less than the minimal height
7686         height = wxMax(h, GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight());
7687     }
7688
7689     // See comment in SetColSize
7690     if ( height < GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
7691         return;
7692
7693     if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() )
7694     {
7695         // need to really create the array
7696         InitRowHeights();
7697     }
7698
7699     int h = wxMax( 0, height );
7700     int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row];
7701
7702     m_rowHeights[row] = h;
7703     for ( int i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ )
7704     {
7705         m_rowBottoms[i] += diff;
7706     }
7707
7708     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7709         CalcDimensions();
7710 }
7711
7712 void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols )
7713 {
7714     // we dont allow zero default column width
7715     m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( wxMax( width, m_minAcceptableColWidth ), 1 );
7716
7717     if ( resizeExistingCols )
7718     {
7719         // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size,
7720         // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights
7721         // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of
7722         // some speed optimisations)
7723         m_colWidths.Empty();
7724         m_colRights.Empty();
7725         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7726             CalcDimensions();
7727     }
7728 }
7729
7730 void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width )
7731 {
7732     wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, wxT("invalid column index") );
7733
7734     // if < 0 then calculate new width from label
7735     if ( width < 0 )
7736     {
7737         long w, h;
7738         wxArrayString lines;
7739         wxClientDC dc(m_colWindow);
7740         dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
7741         StringToLines(GetColLabelValue(col), lines);
7742         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxHORIZONTAL )
7743             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &w, &h );
7744         else
7745             GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &h, &w );
7746         width = w + 6;
7747         //check that it is not less than the minimal width
7748         width = wxMax(width, GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth());
7749     }
7750
7751     // we intentionally don't test whether the width is less than
7752     // GetColMinimalWidth() here but we do compare it with
7753     // GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() as otherwise things currently break (see
7754     // #651) -- and we also always allow the width of 0 as it has the special
7755     // sense of hiding the column
7756     if ( width > 0 && width < GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() )
7757         return;
7758
7759     if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() )
7760     {
7761         // need to really create the array
7762         InitColWidths();
7763     }
7764
7765     const int diff = width - m_colWidths[col];
7766     m_colWidths[col] = width;
7767     if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7768         GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7769     //else: will be refreshed when the header is redrawn
7770
7771     for ( int colPos = GetColPos(col); colPos < m_numCols; colPos++ )
7772     {
7773         m_colRights[GetColAt(colPos)] += diff;
7774     }
7775
7776     if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7777     {
7778         CalcDimensions();
7779         Refresh();
7780     }
7781 }
7782
7783 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width )
7784 {
7785     if (width > GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth())
7786     {
7787         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
7788         m_colMinWidths[key] = width;
7789     }
7790 }
7791
7792 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width )
7793 {
7794     if (width > GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight())
7795     {
7796         wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
7797         m_rowMinHeights[key] = width;
7798     }
7799 }
7800
7801 int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const
7802 {
7803     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)col;
7804     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_colMinWidths.find(key);
7805
7806     return it != m_colMinWidths.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableColWidth;
7807 }
7808
7809 int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const
7810 {
7811     wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type key = (wxLongToLongHashMap::key_type)row;
7812     wxLongToLongHashMap::const_iterator it = m_rowMinHeights.find(key);
7813
7814     return it != m_rowMinHeights.end() ? (int)it->second : m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
7815 }
7816
7817 void wxGrid::SetColMinimalAcceptableWidth( int width )
7818 {
7819     // We do allow a width of 0 since this gives us
7820     // an easy way to temporarily hiding columns.
7821     if ( width >= 0 )
7822         m_minAcceptableColWidth = width;
7823 }
7824
7825 void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight( int height )
7826 {
7827     // We do allow a height of 0 since this gives us
7828     // an easy way to temporarily hiding rows.
7829     if ( height >= 0 )
7830         m_minAcceptableRowHeight = height;
7831 }
7832
7833 int  wxGrid::GetColMinimalAcceptableWidth() const
7834 {
7835     return m_minAcceptableColWidth;
7836 }
7837
7838 int  wxGrid::GetRowMinimalAcceptableHeight() const
7839 {
7840     return m_minAcceptableRowHeight;
7841 }
7842
7843 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7844 // auto sizing
7845 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
7846
7847 void
7848 wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow(int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, wxGridDirection direction)
7849 {
7850     const bool column = direction == wxGRID_COLUMN;
7851
7852     wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin);
7853
7854     // cancel editing of cell
7855     HideCellEditControl();
7856     SaveEditControlValue();
7857
7858     // initialize both of them just to avoid compiler warnings even if only
7859     // really needs to be initialized here
7860     int row,
7861         col;
7862     if ( column )
7863     {
7864         row = -1;
7865         col = colOrRow;
7866     }
7867     else
7868     {
7869         row = colOrRow;
7870         col = -1;
7871     }
7872
7873     wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0;
7874     int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
7875     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ )
7876     {
7877         if ( column )
7878             row = rowOrCol;
7879         else
7880             col = rowOrCol;
7881
7882         // we need to account for the cells spanning multiple columns/rows:
7883         // while they may need a lot of space, they don't need all of it in
7884         // this column/row
7885         int numRows, numCols;
7886         const CellSpan span = GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
7887         if ( span == CellSpan_Inside )
7888         {
7889             // we need to get the size of the main cell, not of a cell hidden
7890             // by it
7891             row += numRows;
7892             col += numCols;
7893
7894             // get the size of the main cell too
7895             GetCellSize(row, col, &numRows, &numCols);
7896         }
7897
7898         wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col);
7899         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col);
7900         if ( renderer )
7901         {
7902             wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col);
7903             extent = column ? size.x : size.y;
7904
7905             if ( span != CellSpan_None )
7906             {
7907                 // we spread the size of a spanning cell over all the cells it
7908                 // covers evenly -- this is probably not ideal but we can't
7909                 // really do much better here
7910                 //
7911                 // notice that numCols and numRows are never 0 as they
7912                 // correspond to the size of the main cell of the span and not
7913                 // of the cell inside it
7914                 extent /= column ? numCols : numRows;
7915             }
7916
7917             if ( extent > extentMax )
7918                 extentMax = extent;
7919
7920             renderer->DecRef();
7921         }
7922
7923         attr->DecRef();
7924     }
7925
7926     // now also compare with the column label extent
7927     wxCoord w, h;
7928     dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() );
7929
7930     if ( column )
7931     {
7932         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h );
7933         if ( GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL )
7934             w = h;
7935     }
7936     else
7937         dc.GetMultiLineTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h );
7938
7939     extent = column ? w : h;
7940     if ( extent > extentMax )
7941         extentMax = extent;
7942
7943     if ( !extentMax )
7944     {
7945         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
7946         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
7947         extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight;
7948     }
7949     else
7950     {
7951         if ( column )
7952             // leave some space around text
7953             extentMax += 10;
7954         else
7955             extentMax += 6;
7956     }
7957
7958     if ( column )
7959     {
7960         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal width. See the
7961         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
7962         // in SetColSize().
7963         if ( !setAsMin )
7964             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetColMinimalWidth(col));
7965
7966         SetColSize( col, extentMax );
7967         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7968         {
7969             if ( m_useNativeHeader )
7970             {
7971                 GetGridColHeader()->UpdateColumn(col);
7972             }
7973             else
7974             {
7975                 int cw, ch, dummy;
7976                 m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7977                 wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) );
7978                 rect.y = 0;
7979                 CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy);
7980                 rect.width = cw - rect.x;
7981                 rect.height = m_colLabelHeight;
7982                 GetColLabelWindow()->Refresh( true, &rect );
7983             }
7984         }
7985     }
7986     else
7987     {
7988         // Ensure automatic width is not less than minimal height. See the
7989         // comment in SetColSize() for explanation of why this isn't done
7990         // in SetRowSize().
7991         if ( !setAsMin )
7992             extentMax = wxMax(extentMax, GetRowMinimalHeight(row));
7993
7994         SetRowSize(row, extentMax);
7995         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
7996         {
7997             int cw, ch, dummy;
7998             m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
7999             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, 0 ) );
8000             rect.x = 0;
8001             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8002             rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8003             rect.height = ch - rect.y;
8004             m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( true, &rect );
8005         }
8006     }
8007
8008     if ( setAsMin )
8009     {
8010         if ( column )
8011             SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax);
8012         else
8013             SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax);
8014     }
8015 }
8016
8017 wxCoord wxGrid::CalcColOrRowLabelAreaMinSize(wxGridDirection direction)
8018 {
8019     // calculate size for the rows or columns?
8020     const bool calcRows = direction == wxGRID_ROW;
8021
8022     wxClientDC dc(calcRows ? GetGridRowLabelWindow()
8023                            : GetGridColLabelWindow());
8024     dc.SetFont(GetLabelFont());
8025
8026     // which dimension should we take into account for calculations?
8027     //
8028     // for columns, the text can be only horizontal so it's easy but for rows
8029     // we also have to take into account the text orientation
8030     const bool
8031         useWidth = calcRows || (GetColLabelTextOrientation() == wxVERTICAL);
8032
8033     wxArrayString lines;
8034     wxCoord extentMax = 0;
8035
8036     const int numRowsOrCols = calcRows ? m_numRows : m_numCols;
8037     for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < numRowsOrCols; rowOrCol++ )
8038     {
8039         lines.Clear();
8040
8041         wxString label = calcRows ? GetRowLabelValue(rowOrCol)
8042                                   : GetColLabelValue(rowOrCol);
8043         StringToLines(label, lines);
8044
8045         long w, h;
8046         GetTextBoxSize(dc, lines, &w, &h);
8047
8048         const wxCoord extent = useWidth ? w : h;
8049         if ( extent > extentMax )
8050             extentMax = extent;
8051     }
8052
8053     if ( !extentMax )
8054     {
8055         // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less
8056         // than default extent but != 0, it's OK)
8057         extentMax = calcRows ? GetDefaultRowLabelSize()
8058                              : GetDefaultColLabelSize();
8059     }
8060
8061     // leave some space around text (taken from AutoSizeColOrRow)
8062     if ( calcRows )
8063         extentMax += 10;
8064     else
8065         extentMax += 6;
8066
8067     return extentMax;
8068 }
8069
8070 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8071 {
8072     int width = m_rowLabelWidth;
8073
8074     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8075     if(!calcOnly)
8076         locker.Create(this);
8077
8078     for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ )
8079     {
8080         if ( !calcOnly )
8081             AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin);
8082
8083         width += GetColWidth(col);
8084     }
8085
8086     return width;
8087 }
8088
8089 int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin)
8090 {
8091     int height = m_colLabelHeight;
8092
8093     wxGridUpdateLocker locker;
8094     if(!calcOnly)
8095         locker.Create(this);
8096
8097     for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ )
8098     {
8099         if ( !calcOnly )
8100             AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin);
8101
8102         height += GetRowHeight(row);
8103     }
8104
8105     return height;
8106 }
8107
8108 void wxGrid::AutoSize()
8109 {
8110     wxGridUpdateLocker locker(this);
8111
8112     wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(false) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8113                 SetOrCalcRowSizes(false) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8114
8115     // we know that we're not going to have scrollbars so disable them now to
8116     // avoid trouble in SetClientSize() which can otherwise set the correct
8117     // client size but also leave space for (not needed any more) scrollbars
8118     SetScrollbars(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, true);
8119
8120     // restore the scroll rate parameters overwritten by SetScrollbars()
8121     SetScrollRate(m_scrollLineX, m_scrollLineY);
8122
8123     SetClientSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight);
8124 }
8125
8126 void wxGrid::AutoSizeRowLabelSize( int row )
8127 {
8128     // Hide the edit control, so it
8129     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8130     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8131     {
8132         HideCellEditControl();
8133         SaveEditControlValue();
8134     }
8135
8136     // autosize row height depending on label text
8137     SetRowSize(row, -1);
8138     ForceRefresh();
8139 }
8140
8141 void wxGrid::AutoSizeColLabelSize( int col )
8142 {
8143     // Hide the edit control, so it
8144     // won't interfere with drag-shrinking.
8145     if ( IsCellEditControlShown() )
8146     {
8147         HideCellEditControl();
8148         SaveEditControlValue();
8149     }
8150
8151     // autosize column width depending on label text
8152     SetColSize(col, -1);
8153     ForceRefresh();
8154 }
8155
8156 wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const
8157 {
8158     wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this;  // const_cast
8159
8160     // we do the same as in AutoSize() here with the exception that we don't
8161     // change the column/row sizes, only calculate them
8162     wxSize size(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(true) - m_rowLabelWidth + m_extraWidth,
8163                 self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(true) - m_colLabelHeight + m_extraHeight);
8164
8165     // NOTE: This size should be cached, but first we need to add calls to
8166     // InvalidateBestSize everywhere that could change the results of this
8167     // calculation.
8168     // CacheBestSize(size);
8169
8170     return wxSize(size.x + m_rowLabelWidth, size.y + m_colLabelHeight)
8171             + GetWindowBorderSize();
8172 }
8173
8174 void wxGrid::Fit()
8175 {
8176     AutoSize();
8177 }
8178
8179 wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const
8180 {
8181     return wxNullPen;
8182 }
8183
8184 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8185 // cell value accessor functions
8186 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8187
8188 void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s )
8189 {
8190     if ( m_table )
8191     {
8192         m_table->SetValue( row, col, s );
8193         if ( !GetBatchCount() )
8194         {
8195             int dummy;
8196             wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) );
8197             rect.x = 0;
8198             rect.width = m_gridWin->GetClientSize().GetWidth();
8199             CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y);
8200             m_gridWin->Refresh( false, &rect );
8201         }
8202
8203         if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row &&
8204              m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col &&
8205              IsCellEditControlShown())
8206              // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled,
8207              // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from
8208              // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler.
8209         {
8210             HideCellEditControl();
8211             ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table
8212         }
8213     }
8214 }
8215
8216 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8217 // block, row and column selection
8218 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8219
8220 void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected )
8221 {
8222     if ( !m_selection )
8223         return;
8224
8225     if ( !addToSelected )
8226         ClearSelection();
8227
8228     m_selection->SelectRow(row);
8229 }
8230
8231 void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected )
8232 {
8233     if ( !m_selection )
8234         return;
8235
8236     if ( !addToSelected )
8237         ClearSelection();
8238
8239     m_selection->SelectCol(col);
8240 }
8241
8242 void wxGrid::SelectBlock(int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol,
8243                          bool addToSelected)
8244 {
8245     if ( !m_selection )
8246         return;
8247
8248     if ( !addToSelected )
8249         ClearSelection();
8250
8251     m_selection->SelectBlock(topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol);
8252 }
8253
8254 void wxGrid::SelectAll()
8255 {
8256     if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 )
8257     {
8258         if ( m_selection )
8259             m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows - 1, m_numCols - 1 );
8260     }
8261 }
8262
8263 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8264 // cell, row and col deselection
8265 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8266
8267 void wxGrid::DeselectLine(int line, const wxGridOperations& oper)
8268 {
8269     if ( !m_selection )
8270         return;
8271
8272     const wxGridSelectionModes mode = m_selection->GetSelectionMode();
8273     if ( mode == oper.GetSelectionMode() ||
8274             mode == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRowsOrColumns )
8275     {
8276         const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, 0));
8277         if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8278             m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8279     }
8280     else if ( mode != oper.Dual().GetSelectionMode() )
8281     {
8282         const int nOther = oper.Dual().GetNumberOfLines(this);
8283         for ( int i = 0; i < nOther; i++ )
8284         {
8285             const wxGridCellCoords c(oper.MakeCoords(line, i));
8286             if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(c) )
8287                 m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(c);
8288         }
8289     }
8290     //else: can only select orthogonal lines so no lines in this direction
8291     //      could have been selected anyhow
8292 }
8293
8294 void wxGrid::DeselectRow(int row)
8295 {
8296     DeselectLine(row, wxGridRowOperations());
8297 }
8298
8299 void wxGrid::DeselectCol(int col)
8300 {
8301     DeselectLine(col, wxGridColumnOperations());
8302 }
8303
8304 void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col )
8305 {
8306     if ( m_selection && m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) )
8307         m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col);
8308 }
8309
8310 bool wxGrid::IsSelection() const
8311 {
8312     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsSelection() ||
8313              ( m_selectedBlockTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords &&
8314                m_selectedBlockBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords) ) );
8315 }
8316
8317 bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) const
8318 {
8319     return ( m_selection && (m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) ||
8320              ( row >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetRow() &&
8321                col >= m_selectedBlockTopLeft.GetCol() &&
8322                row <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetRow() &&
8323                col <= m_selectedBlockBottomRight.GetCol() )) );
8324 }
8325
8326 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectedCells() const
8327 {
8328     if (!m_selection)
8329     {
8330         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8331         return a;
8332     }
8333
8334     return m_selection->m_cellSelection;
8335 }
8336
8337 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockTopLeft() const
8338 {
8339     if (!m_selection)
8340     {
8341         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8342         return a;
8343     }
8344
8345     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionTopLeft;
8346 }
8347
8348 wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::GetSelectionBlockBottomRight() const
8349 {
8350     if (!m_selection)
8351     {
8352         wxGridCellCoordsArray a;
8353         return a;
8354     }
8355
8356     return m_selection->m_blockSelectionBottomRight;
8357 }
8358
8359 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedRows() const
8360 {
8361     if (!m_selection)
8362     {
8363         wxArrayInt a;
8364         return a;
8365     }
8366
8367     return m_selection->m_rowSelection;
8368 }
8369
8370 wxArrayInt wxGrid::GetSelectedCols() const
8371 {
8372     if (!m_selection)
8373     {
8374         wxArrayInt a;
8375         return a;
8376     }
8377
8378     return m_selection->m_colSelection;
8379 }
8380
8381 void wxGrid::ClearSelection()
8382 {
8383     wxRect r1 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_selectedBlockTopLeft,
8384                                   m_selectedBlockBottomRight);
8385     wxRect r2 = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords,
8386                                   m_selectedBlockCorner);
8387
8388     m_selectedBlockTopLeft =
8389     m_selectedBlockBottomRight =
8390     m_selectedBlockCorner = wxGridNoCellCoords;
8391
8392     if ( !r1.IsEmpty() )
8393         RefreshRect(r1, false);
8394     if ( !r2.IsEmpty() )
8395         RefreshRect(r2, false);
8396
8397     if ( m_selection )
8398         m_selection->ClearSelection();
8399 }
8400
8401 // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block
8402 // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window.
8403 //
8404 wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8405                                   const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight ) const
8406 {
8407     wxRect resultRect;
8408     wxRect tempCellRect = CellToRect(topLeft);
8409     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8410     {
8411         resultRect = tempCellRect;
8412     }
8413     else
8414     {
8415         resultRect = wxRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
8416     }
8417
8418     tempCellRect = CellToRect(bottomRight);
8419     if ( tempCellRect != wxGridNoCellRect )
8420     {
8421         resultRect += tempCellRect;
8422     }
8423     else
8424     {
8425         // If both inputs were "wxGridNoCellRect," then there's nothing to do.
8426         return wxGridNoCellRect;
8427     }
8428
8429     // Ensure that left/right and top/bottom pairs are in order.
8430     int left = resultRect.GetLeft();
8431     int top = resultRect.GetTop();
8432     int right = resultRect.GetRight();
8433     int bottom = resultRect.GetBottom();
8434
8435     int leftCol = topLeft.GetCol();
8436     int topRow = topLeft.GetRow();
8437     int rightCol = bottomRight.GetCol();
8438     int bottomRow = bottomRight.GetRow();
8439
8440     if (left > right)
8441     {
8442         int tmp = left;
8443         left = right;
8444         right = tmp;
8445
8446         tmp = leftCol;
8447         leftCol = rightCol;
8448         rightCol = tmp;
8449     }
8450
8451     if (top > bottom)
8452     {
8453         int tmp = top;
8454         top = bottom;
8455         bottom = tmp;
8456
8457         tmp = topRow;
8458         topRow = bottomRow;
8459         bottomRow = tmp;
8460     }
8461
8462     // The following loop is ONLY necessary to detect and handle merged cells.
8463     int cw, ch;
8464     m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch );
8465
8466     // Get the origin coordinates: notice that they will be negative if the
8467     // grid is scrolled downwards/to the right.
8468     int gridOriginX = 0;
8469     int gridOriginY = 0;
8470     CalcScrolledPosition(gridOriginX, gridOriginY, &gridOriginX, &gridOriginY);
8471
8472     int onScreenLeftmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX);
8473     int onScreenUppermostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY);
8474
8475     int onScreenRightmostCol = internalXToCol(-gridOriginX + cw);
8476     int onScreenBottommostRow = internalYToRow(-gridOriginY + ch);
8477
8478     // Bound our loop so that we only examine the portion of the selected block
8479     // that is shown on screen. Therefore, we compare the Top-Left block values
8480     // to the Top-Left screen values, and the Bottom-Right block values to the
8481     // Bottom-Right screen values, choosing appropriately.
8482     const int visibleTopRow = wxMax(topRow, onScreenUppermostRow);
8483     const int visibleBottomRow = wxMin(bottomRow, onScreenBottommostRow);
8484     const int visibleLeftCol = wxMax(leftCol, onScreenLeftmostCol);
8485     const int visibleRightCol = wxMin(rightCol, onScreenRightmostCol);
8486
8487     for ( int j = visibleTopRow; j <= visibleBottomRow; j++ )
8488     {
8489         for ( int i = visibleLeftCol; i <= visibleRightCol; i++ )
8490         {
8491             if ( (j == visibleTopRow) || (j == visibleBottomRow) ||
8492                     (i == visibleLeftCol) || (i == visibleRightCol) )
8493             {
8494                 tempCellRect = CellToRect( j, i );
8495
8496                 if (tempCellRect.x < left)
8497                     left = tempCellRect.x;
8498                 if (tempCellRect.y < top)
8499                     top = tempCellRect.y;
8500                 if (tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width > right)
8501                     right = tempCellRect.x + tempCellRect.width;
8502                 if (tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height > bottom)
8503                     bottom = tempCellRect.y + tempCellRect.height;
8504             }
8505             else
8506             {
8507                 i = visibleRightCol; // jump over inner cells.
8508             }
8509         }
8510     }
8511
8512     // Convert to scrolled coords
8513     CalcScrolledPosition( left, top, &left, &top );
8514     CalcScrolledPosition( right, bottom, &right, &bottom );
8515
8516     if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch)
8517         return wxRect(0,0,0,0);
8518
8519     resultRect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) );
8520     resultRect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) );
8521     resultRect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) );
8522     resultRect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) );
8523
8524     return resultRect;
8525 }
8526
8527 void wxGrid::DoSetSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo,
8528                         const wxGridOperations& oper)
8529 {
8530     BeginBatch();
8531     oper.SetDefaultLineSize(this, sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault, true);
8532     const int numLines = oper.GetNumberOfLines(this);
8533     for ( int i = 0; i < numLines; i++ )
8534     {
8535         int size = sizeInfo.GetSize(i);
8536         if ( size != sizeInfo.m_sizeDefault)
8537             oper.SetLineSize(this, i, size);
8538     }
8539     EndBatch();
8540 }
8541
8542 void wxGrid::SetColSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
8543 {
8544     DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridColumnOperations());
8545 }
8546
8547 void wxGrid::SetRowSizes(const wxGridSizesInfo& sizeInfo)
8548 {
8549     DoSetSizes(sizeInfo, wxGridRowOperations());
8550 }
8551
8552 wxGridSizesInfo::wxGridSizesInfo(int defSize, const wxArrayInt& allSizes)
8553 {
8554     m_sizeDefault = defSize;
8555     for ( size_t i = 0; i < allSizes.size(); i++ )
8556     {
8557         if ( allSizes[i] != defSize )
8558             m_customSizes[i] = allSizes[i];
8559     }
8560 }
8561
8562 int wxGridSizesInfo::GetSize(unsigned pos) const
8563 {
8564     wxUnsignedToIntHashMap::const_iterator it = m_customSizes.find(pos);
8565
8566     return it == m_customSizes.end() ? m_sizeDefault : it->second;
8567 }
8568
8569 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8570 // drop target
8571 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8572
8573 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
8574
8575 // this allow setting drop target directly on wxGrid
8576 void wxGrid::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *dropTarget)
8577 {
8578     GetGridWindow()->SetDropTarget(dropTarget);
8579 }
8580
8581 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
8582
8583 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8584 // grid event classes
8585 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8586
8587 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8588
8589 wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8590                           int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel,
8591                           bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8592         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8593           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8594 {
8595     Init(row, col, x, y, sel);
8596
8597     SetEventObject(obj);
8598 }
8599
8600 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8601
8602 wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8603                                   int rowOrCol, int x, int y,
8604                                   bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8605         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8606           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8607 {
8608     Init(rowOrCol, x, y);
8609
8610     SetEventObject(obj);
8611 }
8612
8613
8614 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent )
8615
8616 wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj,
8617                                                const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft,
8618                                                const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight,
8619                                                bool sel, bool control,
8620                                                bool shift, bool alt, bool meta )
8621         : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ),
8622           wxKeyboardState(control, shift, alt, meta)
8623 {
8624     Init(topLeft, bottomRight, sel);
8625
8626     SetEventObject(obj);
8627 }
8628
8629
8630 IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent)
8631
8632 wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type,
8633                                                    wxObject* obj, int row,
8634                                                    int col, wxControl* ctrl)
8635     : wxCommandEvent(type, id)
8636 {
8637     SetEventObject(obj);
8638     m_row = row;
8639     m_col = col;
8640     m_ctrl = ctrl;
8641 }
8642
8643
8644 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8645 // wxGridTypeRegistry
8646 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
8647
8648 wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry()
8649 {
8650     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
8651     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
8652         delete m_typeinfo[i];
8653 }
8654
8655 void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName,
8656                                           wxGridCellRenderer* renderer,
8657                                           wxGridCellEditor* editor)
8658 {
8659     wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor);
8660
8661     // is it already registered?
8662     int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
8663     if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND )
8664     {
8665         delete m_typeinfo[loc];
8666         m_typeinfo[loc] = info;
8667     }
8668     else
8669     {
8670         m_typeinfo.Add(info);
8671     }
8672 }
8673
8674 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName)
8675 {
8676     size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount();
8677     for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ )
8678     {
8679         if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName )
8680         {
8681             return i;
8682         }
8683     }
8684
8685     return wxNOT_FOUND;
8686 }
8687
8688 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName)
8689 {
8690     int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName);
8691     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8692     {
8693         // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case
8694         // register it "on the fly"
8695 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
8696         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING )
8697         {
8698             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING,
8699                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
8700                              new wxGridCellTextEditor);
8701         }
8702         else
8703 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
8704 #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX
8705         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL )
8706         {
8707             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL,
8708                              new wxGridCellBoolRenderer,
8709                              new wxGridCellBoolEditor);
8710         }
8711         else
8712 #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX
8713 #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
8714         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER )
8715         {
8716             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER,
8717                              new wxGridCellNumberRenderer,
8718                              new wxGridCellNumberEditor);
8719         }
8720         else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT )
8721         {
8722             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT,
8723                              new wxGridCellFloatRenderer,
8724                              new wxGridCellFloatEditor);
8725         }
8726         else
8727 #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
8728 #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX
8729         if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE )
8730         {
8731             RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE,
8732                              new wxGridCellStringRenderer,
8733                              new wxGridCellChoiceEditor);
8734         }
8735         else
8736 #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX
8737         {
8738             return wxNOT_FOUND;
8739         }
8740
8741         // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return
8742         // the last index
8743         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
8744     }
8745
8746     return index;
8747 }
8748
8749 int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName)
8750 {
8751     int index = FindDataType(typeName);
8752     if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8753     {
8754         // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':'
8755         // are the parameters for the renderer
8756         index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(wxT(':')));
8757         if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND )
8758         {
8759             return wxNOT_FOUND;
8760         }
8761
8762         wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index);
8763         wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer;
8764         renderer = renderer->Clone();
8765         rendererOld->DecRef();
8766
8767         wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index);
8768         wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor;
8769         editor = editor->Clone();
8770         editorOld->DecRef();
8771
8772         // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults
8773         wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(wxT(':'));
8774         renderer->SetParameters(params);
8775         editor->SetParameters(params);
8776
8777         // register the new typename
8778         RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor);
8779
8780         // we just registered it, it's the last one
8781         index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1;
8782     }
8783
8784     return index;
8785 }
8786
8787 wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index)
8788 {
8789     wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer;
8790     if (renderer)
8791         renderer->IncRef();
8792
8793     return renderer;
8794 }
8795
8796 wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index)
8797 {
8798     wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor;
8799     if (editor)
8800         editor->IncRef();
8801
8802     return editor;
8803 }
8804
8805 #endif // wxUSE_GRID